US20140142109A1 - Antifolate combinations - Google Patents
Antifolate combinations Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20140142109A1 US20140142109A1 US14/152,100 US201414152100A US2014142109A1 US 20140142109 A1 US20140142109 A1 US 20140142109A1 US 201414152100 A US201414152100 A US 201414152100A US 2014142109 A1 US2014142109 A1 US 2014142109A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- optionally substituted
- compound
- formula
- antifolate
- enantiomer
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 230000003432 anti-folate effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 113
- 229940127074 antifolate Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 113
- 239000004052 folic acid antagonist Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 113
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 352
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 98
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 79
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 66
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 44
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 44
- -1 alkali metal cation Chemical class 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 17
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical class [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- KCIDZIIHRGYJAE-YGFYJFDDSA-L dipotassium;[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl] phosphate Chemical class [K+].[K+].OC[C@H]1O[C@H](OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O KCIDZIIHRGYJAE-YGFYJFDDSA-L 0.000 claims description 7
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 51
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 30
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 25
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 abstract description 2
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 2
- NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-SFHVURJKSA-N (2s)-2-[[4-[2-(2,4-diaminoquinazolin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]amino]-4-methylidenepentanedioic acid Chemical compound C1=CC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2C=C1CCC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=C)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 62
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 43
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 40
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 37
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 36
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 32
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 32
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 29
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 28
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 28
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 27
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 27
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 26
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 23
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 21
- 241001111421 Pannus Species 0.000 description 19
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 19
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 16
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 208000006386 Bone Resorption Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 101000606741 Homo sapiens Phosphoribosylglycinamide formyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102100039654 Phosphoribosylglycinamide formyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 102000005497 Thymidylate Synthase Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000024279 bone resorption Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 15
- 210000005065 subchondral bone plate Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 230000002917 arthritic effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 206010007710 Cartilage injury Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 102000000503 Collagen Type II Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108010041390 Collagen Type II Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 12
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[4-[2-(2,4-diaminoquinazolin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]amino]-4-methylidenepentanedioic acid Chemical compound C1=CC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2C=C1CCC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CC(=C)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 208000009386 Experimental Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 0 [1*][V]C(=C)C(CC(=C)/C([V][V][2*])=[Y]/[Y][Y])NC(=[Y])C1=CC=C(CC([3*])C2=CC3=C(N([4*])[5*])N=C(N([6*])[7*])N=C3C=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound [1*][V]C(=C)C(CC(=C)/C([V][V][2*])=[Y]/[Y][Y])NC(=[Y])C1=CC=C(CC([3*])C2=CC3=C(N([4*])[5*])N=C(N([6*])[7*])N=C3C=C2)C=C1 0.000 description 11
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 150000002224 folic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000002303 tibia Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 229950003937 tolonium Drugs 0.000 description 11
- HNONEKILPDHFOL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tolonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(C)C(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 HNONEKILPDHFOL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pteroyl-L-glutaminsaeure Natural products C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 229960000304 folic acid Drugs 0.000 description 10
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001884 polyglutamylation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000001258 synovial membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-L glutamate group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-] WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003458 metachromatic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000002114 Reduced Folate Carrier Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108050009454 Reduced Folate Carrier Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 235000013290 Sagittaria latifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000015246 common arrowhead Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- GYOZYWVXFNDGLU-XLPZGREQSA-N dTMP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 GYOZYWVXFNDGLU-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- FKHYJMSJXQMDOS-UHFFFAOYSA-L C=C(CC(NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(C=C2)N=C(N)N=C3N)C=C1)C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].[CH3+].[CH3+] Chemical compound C=C(CC(NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(C=C2)N=C(N)N=C3N)C=C1)C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].[CH3+].[CH3+] FKHYJMSJXQMDOS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- FKHYJMSJXQMDOS-NTEVMMBTSA-L C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(C=C2)N=C(N)N=C3N)C=C1)C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].[CH3+].[CH3+] Chemical compound C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(C=C2)N=C(N)N=C3N)C=C1)C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].[CH3+].[CH3+] FKHYJMSJXQMDOS-NTEVMMBTSA-L 0.000 description 4
- AHCYMLUZIRLXAA-SHYZEUOFSA-N Deoxyuridine 5'-triphosphate Chemical compound O1[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 AHCYMLUZIRLXAA-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000544 articulatio talocruralis Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 4
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000005518 carboxamido group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- WBLIXGSTEMXDSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethane Chemical compound Cl[CH2] WBLIXGSTEMXDSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 4
- VUWZPRWSIVNGKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound F[CH2] VUWZPRWSIVNGKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 4
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 4
- NOTGFIUVDGNKRI-UUOKFMHZSA-N AICA ribonucleotide Chemical compound NC1=C(C(=O)N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 NOTGFIUVDGNKRI-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000001640 Fibromyalgia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010045040 Phosphoribosylaminoimidazolecarboxamide formyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 3
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960005079 pemetrexed Drugs 0.000 description 3
- WBXPDJSOTKVWSJ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N pemetrexed Chemical compound C=1NC=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2C=1CCC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 WBXPDJSOTKVWSJ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QCBCPALLWXTPLW-SFHVURJKSA-N (2S)-2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-2,3,9,10-tetrahydropyrano[2,3-h]chromen-4-one Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2CC(=O)C=3C=CC4=C(C=3O2)CCC(O4)(C)C)=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 QCBCPALLWXTPLW-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QCLDSHDOWCMFBV-AWEZNQCLSA-N (2s)-2-[[4-[2-(2,4-diaminopteridin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]amino]-4-methylidenepentanedioic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CCC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=C)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 QCLDSHDOWCMFBV-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COGXJFJUQHTIQG-BYPYZUCNSA-N (5s)-5-amino-1,3-dioxocane-4,8-dione Chemical compound N[C@H]1CCC(=O)OCOC1=O COGXJFJUQHTIQG-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 2
- AUFGTPPARQZWDO-YPMHNXCESA-N 10-formyltetrahydrofolic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CNC=2N=C(NC(=O)C=2N1)N)N(C=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 AUFGTPPARQZWDO-YPMHNXCESA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005778 DNA damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000277 DNA damage Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000005569 Gout Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000029082 Pelvic Inflammatory Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010036030 Polyarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006819 RNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010051379 Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000011284 combination treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- JSRLJPSBLDHEIO-SHYZEUOFSA-N dUMP Chemical compound O1[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 JSRLJPSBLDHEIO-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OZORDVKAFIZPNK-FQEVSTJZSA-N dimethyl (2s)-2-[[4-[2-(2,4-diaminoquinazolin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]amino]-4-methylidenepentanedioate Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=C)C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC)=CC=C1CCC1=CC=C(N=C(N)N=C2N)C2=C1 OZORDVKAFIZPNK-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 210000000416 exudates and transudate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940083124 ganglion-blocking antiadrenergic secondary and tertiary amines Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960004275 glycolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000629 knee joint Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008384 membrane barrier Effects 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEIOASZZURHTHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-formylbenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 FEIOASZZURHTHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940116315 oxalic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003944 phosphoribosylglycinamide formyltransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000030428 polyarticular arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical group N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 201000004595 synovitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- IVWWFWFVSWOTLP-YVZVNANGSA-N (3'as,4r,7'as)-2,2,2',2'-tetramethylspiro[1,3-dioxolane-4,6'-4,7a-dihydro-3ah-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyran]-7'-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1OC(O[C@@H]1C1=O)(C)C)O[C@]21COC(C)(C)O2 IVWWFWFVSWOTLP-YVZVNANGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSTNYGQPCMXVAQ-RYUDHWBXSA-N (6S)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrofolic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CNC=2N=C(NC(=O)C=2N1)N)NC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 MSTNYGQPCMXVAQ-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000027 (C1-C10) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYVBNYUBXIEUFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine Chemical compound CN(C)C(=N)N(C)C KYVBNYUBXIEUFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUTTVUBNXIIXRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(cyclopropylmethyl)pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=C(C=O)C=NN1CC1CC1 BUTTVUBNXIIXRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004973 1-butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004972 1-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006039 1-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UUFQTNFCRMXOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylmethylene Chemical compound C[CH] UUFQTNFCRMXOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006023 1-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006017 1-propenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000530 1-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- HCSBTDBGTNZOAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dinitrobenzoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1[N+]([O-])=O HCSBTDBGTNZOAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000069 2-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- IKCLCGXPQILATA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorobenzoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1Cl IKCLCGXPQILATA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006040 2-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JJKWHOSQTYYFAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyacetyl chloride Chemical compound COCC(Cl)=O JJKWHOSQTYYFAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006024 2-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004975 3-butenyl group Chemical group C(CC=C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006041 3-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005917 3-methylpentyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWRNCYYACMZJOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(2,4-diaminoquinazolin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2C=C1CCC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 AWRNCYYACMZJOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzoic acid Chemical group NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006042 4-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybutyric acid Chemical class OCCCC(O)=O SJZRECIVHVDYJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006043 5-hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QRRSIFNWHCKMSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-nitrobenzoic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 QRRSIFNWHCKMSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6S-folinic acid Natural products C1NC=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N(C=O)C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000014156 AMP-Activated Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010011376 AMP-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010006811 Bursitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Natural products CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004650 C1-C8 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QCLDSHDOWCMFBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C(CC(NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=NC3=C(N=C2)N=C(N)N=C3N)C=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O Chemical compound C=C(CC(NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=NC3=C(N=C2)N=C(N)N=C3N)C=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O QCLDSHDOWCMFBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGULUFGSRRQPOJ-MEVHSQRSSA-N C=C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC.NC1=NC(N)=C2C=C(CCC3=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C3)C=CC2=N1 Chemical compound C=C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O)C(=O)O.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC.C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC.NC1=NC(N)=C2C=C(CCC3=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C3)C=CC2=N1 AGULUFGSRRQPOJ-MEVHSQRSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-SFHVURJKSA-L C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].[Na+].[Na+] Chemical compound C=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1)C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].[Na+].[Na+] NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-SFHVURJKSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FBNWNJOGGJIKFR-KJIAEWIWSA-N CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(=O)O)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(N)=O)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(N)=O)=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC=C(N)C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC=C(N)C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.NC1=NC(N)=C2C=C(CCC3=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C3)C=CC2=N1.[H]C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OC)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(=O)O)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(N)=O)=C1.CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(N)=O)=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC3=C(N)N=C(N)N=C3C=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC=C(N)C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CCC2=CC=C(N)C(C#N)=C2)C=C1.NC1=NC(N)=C2C=C(CCC3=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C3)C=CC2=N1.[H]C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OC)C=C1 FBNWNJOGGJIKFR-KJIAEWIWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032170 Congenital Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010356 Congenital anomaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010741 Conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010011219 Costochondritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000011275 Epicondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010016228 Fasciitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010093223 Folylpolyglutamate synthetase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXDDRFCJKNROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol 1,2-diacetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(CO)OC(C)=O UXDDRFCJKNROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000030836 Hashimoto thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035186 Hemolytic Autoimmune Anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001431 Hyperuricemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRSZFWQUAKGDAV-KQYNXXCUSA-N IMP Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O[C@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 GRSZFWQUAKGDAV-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012313 Kruskal-Wallis test Methods 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000585 Mann–Whitney U test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000112 Myalgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKKKXVLTYVVBIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C=O.[H]C(CC(=O)O)NC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)CC2=CC=C3N=C(N)N=C(O)C3=C2)S1 Chemical compound O=C=O.[H]C(CC(=O)O)NC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)CC2=CC=C3N=C(N)N=C(O)C3=C2)S1 DKKKXVLTYVVBIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYTFLWPVLNABKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C=O.[H]CCC(NC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)CC2=CN=C3N=C(N)N=C(N)C3=N2)C=C1)C(=O)O Chemical compound O=C=O.[H]CCC(NC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)CC2=CN=C3N=C(N)N=C(N)C3=N2)C=C1)C(=O)O IYTFLWPVLNABKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHYLNVMIDCZQKH-NEWLCSRUSA-N O=C=O.[H]CC[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(NCC2=NC3C(O)=NC(N)=NC3N=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O Chemical compound O=C=O.[H]CC[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(NCC2=NC3C(O)=NC(N)=NC3N=C2)C=C1)C(=O)O UHYLNVMIDCZQKH-NEWLCSRUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034464 Periarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IGVPBCZDHMIOJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenyl butyrate Chemical class CCCC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 IGVPBCZDHMIOJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010064209 Phosphoribosylglycinamide formyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015082 Phosphoribosylglycinamide formyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical group C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101001039269 Rattus norvegicus Glycine N-methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025747 Rheumatic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical class OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- LINDOXZENKYESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N TMG Natural products CNC(N)=NC LINDOXZENKYESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000491 Tendinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010043255 Tendonitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004760 Tenosynovitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026317 Tietze syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IVTVGDXNLFLDRM-HNNXBMFYSA-N Tomudex Chemical group C=1C=C2NC(C)=NC(=O)C2=CC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)S1 IVTVGDXNLFLDRM-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100023935 Transmembrane glycoprotein NMB Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006943 Uracil-DNA Glycosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010072685 Uracil-DNA Glycosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N [[(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3-hydroxy-4-phosphonooxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [(2s,3r,4s,5s)-5-(3-carbamoylpyridin-1-ium-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl phosphate Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002730 additional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-RSJOWCBRSA-N aldehydo-D-galacturonic acid Chemical compound O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-RSJOWCBRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N aldehydo-D-glucuronic acid Chemical compound O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000272 alkali metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001860 alkaline earth metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940061720 alpha hydroxy acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001280 alpha hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002456 anti-arthritic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003356 anti-rheumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124346 antiarthritic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940045687 antimetabolites folic acid analogs Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003435 antirheumatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004596 appetite loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005140 aralkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 159000000032 aromatic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005160 aryl oxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000448 autoimmune hemolytic anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007514 bases Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006696 biosynthetic metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007698 birth defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M bisulphate group Chemical group S([O-])(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000035269 cancer or benign tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007894 caplet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010568 chiral column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001841 cholesterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007748 combinatorial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124301 concurrent medication Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M cyanate group Chemical group [O-]C#N XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005534 decanoate group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OZRNSSUDZOLUSN-LBPRGKRZSA-N dihydrofolic acid Chemical compound N=1C=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2NCC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OZRNSSUDZOLUSN-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000740 envenomation Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl chloroformate Chemical compound CCOC(Cl)=O RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010016256 fatigue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003929 folic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-ABLWVSNPSA-N folinic acid Chemical compound C1NC=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N(C=O)C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-ABLWVSNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000008191 folinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011672 folinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000030722 folylpolyglutamate synthetase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000002683 foot Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004675 formic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WBJINCZRORDGAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N formic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCOC=O WBJINCZRORDGAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000010603 frozen shoulder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000370 gamma-poly(glutamate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004190 glucose uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940097043 glucuronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptanoic acid Chemical class CCCCCCC(O)=O MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KKLGDUSGQMHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hex-2-ynedioic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCC#CC(O)=O KKLGDUSGQMHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013902 inosinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037041 intracellular level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical class OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KQNPFQTWMSNSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutyric acid Chemical class CC(C)C(O)=O KQNPFQTWMSNSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000366 juvenile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003903 lactic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001691 leucovorin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011694 lewis rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000019017 loss of appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000021266 loss of appetite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004324 lymphatic system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099690 malic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002690 malonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005341 metaphosphate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Chemical group [CH2]OC1=CC=CC=C1 HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-[2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C=1CN(CC(=O)OC)CCN(CC(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1OC(C)=O OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl benzoate Chemical class COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HAMGRBXTJNITHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl isocyanate Chemical compound CN=C=O HAMGRBXTJNITHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000013465 muscle pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229930027945 nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LBQAJLBSGOBDQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitro azanylidynemethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)OS(=O)(=O)C#N LBQAJLBSGOBDQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M octanoate Chemical class CCCCCCCC([O-])=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003901 oxalic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002927 oxygen compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000002574 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068338 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- DYUMLJSJISTVPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl propanoate Chemical class CCC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 DYUMLJSJISTVPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHHSONZFOIEMCP-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphocholine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCOP(O)(O)=O YHHSONZFOIEMCP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005498 phthalate group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000634 powder X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003124 powdered cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019814 powdered cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KCXFHTAICRTXLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical class CCCS(O)(=O)=O KCXFHTAICRTXLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095574 propionic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N propynoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C#C UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006485 reductive methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000003068 rheumatic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000306 sarcoidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N suberic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003900 succinic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfite Chemical class [O-]S([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004233 talus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001137 tarsal bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003899 tartaric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000004415 tendinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091007466 transmembrane glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004665 trialkylsilyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000035408 type 1 diabetes mellitus 1 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019156 vitamin B Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011720 vitamin B Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDJZZWYLFXAGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M xylenesulfonate group Chemical group C1(C(C=CC=C1)C)(C)S(=O)(=O)[O-] GDJZZWYLFXAGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/517—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinazoline, perimidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/06—Antianaemics
Definitions
- the present application is directed to combinations of two or more active compounds. More specifically, the active agent combinations can comprise two or more specific antifolate compounds.
- Folic acid is a water-soluble B vitamin known by the systematic name N-[4(2-amino-4-hydroxy-pteridin-6-ylmethylamino)-benzoyl]-L(+)-glutamic acid and having the structure provided below in Formula (1).
- the folic acid structure can generally be described as being formed of a pteridine ring, a para-aminobenzoic acid moiety, and a glutamate moiety.
- Folic acid and its derivatives are necessary for metabolism and growth, particularly participating in the body's synthesis of thymidylate, amino acids, and purines.
- Derivatives of folic acid, such as naturally occurring folates, are known to have biochemical effects comparable to folic acid.
- Folic acid is known to be derivatized via hydrogenation, such as at the 1,4-diazine ring, or being methylated, formaldehydylated, or bridged, wherein substitution is generally at the N 5 or N 10 positions.
- Folates have been studied for efficacy in various uses including reduction in severity or incidence of birth defects, heart disease, stroke, memory loss, and age-related dementia.
- Antifolate compounds like folates, are structurally similar to folic acid; however, antifolate compounds function to disrupt folic acid metabolism.
- a review of antifolates is provided by Takamoto (1996) The Oncologist, 1:68-81, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- One specific group of antifolates is characterized by the presence of a folic acid p-aminobenzoylglutamic acid side chain, or a derivative of that side chain.
- Another group of antifolates are characterized by the specific absence of the p-aminobenzoylglutamic group. Because antifolates have a physiological effect that is opposite the effect of folic acid, antifolates have been shown to exhibit useful physiological functions, such as the ability to destroy cancer cells by causing apoptosis.
- Folate monoglutamylates and antifolate monoglutamylates are transported through cell membranes either in reduced form or unreduced form by carriers specific to those respective forms. Expression of these transport systems varies with cell type and cell growth conditions. After entering cells most folates, and many antifolates, are modified by polyglutamylation, wherein one glutamate residue is linked to a second glutamate residue at the a carboxy group via a peptide bond. This leads to formation of poly-L- ⁇ -glutamylates, usually by addition of three to six glutamate residues. Enzymes that act on folates have a higher affinity for the polyglutamylated forms. Polyglutamylated folates generally exhibit a longer retention time within the cell.
- Antifolate targets include the various enzymes involved in folate metabolism, including (i) dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR); (ii) thymidylate synthase (TS); (iii) folylpolyglutamyl synthase; and (iv) glycinamide ribonucleotide transformylase (GARFT) and aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide transformylase (AICART).
- DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
- TS thymidylate synthase
- GARFT glycinamide ribonucleotide transformylase
- AICART aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide transformylase
- the reduced folate carrier which is a transmembrane glycoprotein, plays an active role in the folate pathway transporting reduced folate into mammalian cells via the carrier mediated mechanism (as opposed to the receptor mediated mechanism).
- the RFC also transports antifolates, such as methotrexate.
- antifolates such as methotrexate.
- Polyglutamylated folates can function as enzyme cofactors, whereas polyglutamylated antifolates generally function as enzyme inhibitors. Moreover, interference with folate metabolism prevents de novo synthesis of DNA and some amino acids, thereby enabling antifolate selective cytotoxicity.
- Methotrexate the structure of which is provided in Formula (2), is one antifolate that has shown use in treating conditions, such as cancer.
- a methylidene group
- the presence of this chemical group has been shown to affect biological activity of the antifolate compound. See Nair et al. (1996) Cellular Pharmacology 3:29, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- folic acid derivatives have also been studied in the search for antifolates with increased metabolic stability allowing for smaller doses and less frequent patient administration.
- a dideaza (i.e., quinazoline-based) analog has been shown to avoid physiological hydroxylation on the pteridine ring system.
- replacement of the secondary amine nitrogen atom with an optionally substituted carbon atom has been shown to protect neighboring bonds from physiological cleavage.
- an antifolate having carbon replacement of the secondary amine nitrogen is 4-amino-4-deoxy-10-deazapteroyl- ⁇ -methyleneglutamic acid—more commonly referred to as MDAM—the structure of which is provided in Formula (3).
- the L-enantiomer of MDAM has been shown to exhibit increased physiological activity. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,550,128, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Another example of a classical antifolate designed for metabolic stability is ZD1694, which is shown in Formula (4).
- a group of antifolate compounds according to the structure shown in Formula (5) combines several of the molecular features described above, and this group of compounds is known by the names MobileTrexate, Mobile Trex, Mobiltrex, or M-Trex.
- this group of compounds encompasses M-Trex, wherein X can be CH 2 , CHCH 3 , CH(CH 2 CH 3 ), NH, or NCH 3 .
- X can be CH 2 , CHCH 3 , CH(CH 2 CH 3 ), NH, or NCH 3 .
- Further antifolate compounds are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,951,812.
- antifolates arises from other factors in addition to metabolic inertness, as described above.
- the multiple enzymes involved in folic acid metabolism within the body present a choice of inhibition targets for antifolates.
- antifolates it is possible for antifolates to vary as to which enzyme(s) they inhibit.
- some antifolates inhibit primarily dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), while other antifolates inhibit primarily thymidylate synthase (TS), glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase (GARFT), or aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide transformylase, while still other antifolates inhibit combinations of these enzymes.
- DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
- TS thymidylate synthase
- GARFT glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase
- the present invention provides combinations of active compounds that can work synergistically to provide improved treatment of various conditions, particularly when administered according to defined dosing regimens.
- the invention can provide methods for treating a subject suffering from a defined condition.
- the inventive methods can be used to treat a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition.
- the inflammation related condition may be an arthritis related condition, particularly rheumatoid arthritis.
- a method according to the invention for treating a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition can comprise administering to the subject a first compound according to a first dosing schedule and a second compound according to a second, different dosing schedule.
- the first compound can be methotrexate or a derivative thereof
- the second compound can be an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- X is CHR 8 or NR 8 ;
- Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 independently are O or S;
- V 1 and V 2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 1 and R 2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
- the dosing schedules may be similar in scope—e.g., varying only by the time of day at which the compounds are administered. In other embodiments, the dosing schedules may have a greater variance.
- the dosing schedule for dosing the methotrexate can comprise administering the methotrexate on a weekly basis—e.g., once per week, twice per week, three times per week, or the like.
- the dosing schedule for the compound of Formula (6) can comprise administering the compound on a daily schedule—e.g., at least once per day, at least twice per day, or the like.
- the compound of Formula (6) could be administered on an intermittent schedule—e.g., administered for one day, two days, three days, etc. followed by one or more days where the compound is not administered.
- the first compound (i.e., methotrexate) and the second compound (i.e., the compound of Formula (6) through Formula (12)) are administered in amounts sufficient to provide a synergistic effect.
- the combination acts synergistically to provide a treatment effect that is not attributable merely to a combinatorial effect.
- the second active compound may be characterized as being according to the structure of Formula (6), it is understood that the invention encompasses the group of compounds generally described by said structure, as well as subgroups of the structure that may be defined by further formulas disclosed herein. Thus, the invention can be described as encompassing at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12). Such would apply to not only the methods of the invention but also to various articles of manufacture provided by the invention.
- the inventive method specifically can encompass combinations comprising at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) that is in the form of a salt or a di-salt.
- the invention encompasses alkali metal salts of the compounds, more specifically sodium salts, di-sodium salts, potassium salts, and di-potassium salts.
- the invention encompasses combinations comprising at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) that is a crystalline salt.
- the invention specifically encompasses combinations comprising at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) that is a racemic mixture of two enantiomers or that is enantiomerically purified for a specific enantiomer.
- the compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) may exhibit an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 90%.
- the invention can encompass administering combinations including an antifolate compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, disodium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
- the invention can encompass administering combinations including an antifolate compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, dipotassium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
- the present invention also can provide articles of manufacture that are useful for providing a defined dosing regimen of a combination of active compounds as described herein.
- the articles of manufacture can be particularly beneficial for facilitating proper dosing by a subject since the active compounds can be administered on significantly different schedules or regimens.
- the articles of manufacture thus can provide the compounds in expressly defined amounts or numbers of doses for administration over a defined period of time such that a subject may readily determine when a dose of any compound in the combination is due for administration and thus may also readily identify whether any prescribed doses have been missed.
- the article of manufacture specifically may be described as a kit that provides the defined dosing regimen, preferably including appropriate instructions for proper dosing of the compounds.
- a kit according to the invention can provide a defined dosing regimen of at least a first active compound and a second active compound, wherein the kit includes a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second active compounds such that the compositions are dosed in a defined regimen.
- the defined regimen may specify administration of the active compounds in a defined ratio, such as at least two doses of the second active compound for each one dose of the first active compound.
- the first active compound can be methotrexate or a derivative thereof
- the second active compound may be an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- X is CHR 8 or NR 8 ;
- Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 independently are O or S;
- V 1 and V 2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 1 and R 2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
- the active compounds in the kit may particularly be described as being in the form of pharmaceutical composition.
- such pharmaceutical compositions can comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and the active compound.
- the kit may be described as including a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second pharmaceutical compositions such that the compositions are dosed in the defined regimen.
- the kit can include a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second pharmaceutical compositions such that the compositions are dosed in a regimen of at least one dose per day of the second pharmaceutical composition for each one dose per week of the first pharmaceutical composition.
- the kit can include a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second pharmaceutical compositions such that the compositions are dosed in a regimen of about 7 to about 28 doses per week of the second pharmaceutical composition and 1 to 4 doses per week of the first pharmaceutical composition.
- kits (or other article of manufacture) according to the invention can include further components in addition to the active compounds (e.g., pharmaceutical formulations including the active compounds).
- a kit according to the invention may comprise indicia of the defined dosing regimen instructing proper dosing of the first pharmaceutical composition and the second pharmaceutical composition.
- the dosing regimen is provided to achieve a desired effect.
- the dosing regimen can be such that the methotrexate and the antifolate compound according to Formula (6) are provided in dosing amounts sufficient to provide a synergistic effect.
- the invention can be described as providing methods of potentiating the effectiveness of methotrexate in the treatment of specific conditions.
- the effectiveness of treatment may be increased—i.e., potentiated—by combination with one or more of the antifolate compounds described herein in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12).
- the additional antifolate compound possibly arising from a more specific mode of action than methotrexate, can act synergistically with the methotrexate to provide a level of therapeutic effect that is not possible with methotrexate alone and that would not have been expected prior to the present invention.
- the invention specifically provides a method of potentiating the effectiveness of methotrexate in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
- the method can comprise administering methotrexate or a derivative thereof to a patient suffering from rheumatoid arthritis in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- X is CHR 8 or NR 8 ;
- Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 independently are O or S;
- V 1 and V 2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 1 and R 2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
- such combination of compounds provides a synergistic effect in the desired treatment.
- FIG. 1 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject body weight according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination;
- FIG. 2 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle diameter according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination;
- FIG. 3 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle diameter with AUC calculation according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination;
- FIG. 4 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle histopathology scores according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination;
- FIG. 5 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle histopathology scores (the sum of four individual scores) according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination;
- FIG. 6 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject knee histopathology scores according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination;
- FIG. 7 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject knee histopathology scores (the sum of four individual scores) according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination;
- FIG. 8 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a normal ankle from an animal in the normal control group (Group 1), wherein the symbol “S” identifies normal synovium;
- FIG. 9 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of an ankle from a vehicle control animal (Group 2) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), moderate cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption;
- S severe inflammation
- S moderate cartilage damage
- mild pannus identified by the small arrow
- bone resorption bone resorption
- FIG. 10 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 3) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows marked inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), mild cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), minimal pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head);
- FIG. 11 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 4) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows marked inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), mild cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head);
- FIG. 12 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 5) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows only mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”);
- FIG. 13 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 6) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), minimal cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), minimal pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption;
- FIG. 14 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 7) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), minimal cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), and minimal pannus (identified by the small arrow);
- FIG. 15 is a photomicrograph at 16 ⁇ magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 8) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle is normal (the symbol “S” identifying normal synovium);
- FIG. 16 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a normal knee from an animal in the normal control group (Group 1), wherein the symbol “S” identifies normal synovium;
- FIG. 17 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a knee from a vehicle control animal (Group 2) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), moderate cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), moderate pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head);
- FIG. 18 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 3) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), mild cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head);
- FIG. 19 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 4) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), moderate cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head);
- FIG. 20 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 5) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee is normal (the symbol “S” identifying normal synovium);
- FIG. 21 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 6) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”);
- FIG. 22 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 7) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”); and
- FIG. 23 is a photomicrograph at 50 ⁇ magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 8) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee is normal (the symbol “S” identifying normal synovium).
- the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising antifolate compounds. These compounds can be used in the pharmaceutical composition either directly or in the form of their pharmaceutically active esters, amides, salts, solvates, or prodrugs.
- the antifolate compounds are in the form of salts, particularly alkali metal salts.
- the pharmaceutical compositions provide increased activity and bioavailability, even at reduced dosing of the active antifolate compounds, and the pharmaceutical compositions are useful in the treatment of a number of conditions and diseases, particularly for the treatment of abnormal cell proliferation, inflammation, arthritis, or asthma.
- metabolic inert antifolate means compounds that are (i) folic acid analogs capable of disrupting folate metabolism and (ii) non-polyglutamylatable. In certain embodiments, the term can mean compounds that are also (iii) non-hydroxylatable.
- alkali metal as used herein means Group IA elements and particularly includes sodium, lithium, and potassium; the term “alkali metal salt” as used herein means an ionic compound wherein the cation moiety of the compound comprises an alkali metal, particularly sodium, lithium, or potassium.
- alkyl as used herein means saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon groups.
- alkyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1-10 alkyl”).
- alkyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1-8 alkyl”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1-6 alkyl”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1-4 alkyl”).
- alkyl refers to methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
- Substituted alkyl refers to alkyl substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3 ; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- halo e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I
- halogenated alkyl e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3
- hydroxyl
- alkenyl as used herein means alkyl moieties wherein at least one saturated C—C bond is replaced by a double bond.
- alkenyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1-10 alkenyl”).
- alkenyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1-8 alkenyl”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1-6 alkenyl”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1-4 alkenyl”).
- alkenyl can be vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, or 5-hexenyl.
- Substituted alkenyl refers to alkenyl substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3 ; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- halo e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I
- halogenated alkyl e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3
- alkynyl as used herein means alkynyl moieties wherein at least one saturated C—C bond is replaced by a triple bond.
- alkynyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1-10 ) alkynyl”).
- alkynyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1-8 alkynyl”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1-6 alkynyl”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1-4 alkynyl”).
- alkynyl can be ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, or 5-hexynyl.
- Substituted alkynyl refers to alkynyl substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3 ; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- halo e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I
- halogenated alkyl e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3
- alkoxy as used herein means straight or branched chain alkyl groups linked by an oxygen atom (i.e., —O-alkyl), wherein alkyl is as described above.
- alkoxy refers to oxygen-linked groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1-10 alkoxy”).
- alkoxy refers to oxygen-linked groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1-8 alkoxy”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1-6 alkoxy”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1-4 alkoxy”).
- Substituted alkoxy refers to alkoxy substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3 ; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- halo e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I
- halogenated alkyl e.g., CF 3 , 2-Br-ethyl, CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 CF 3 , or CF 2 CF 3
- hydroxyl
- halo or “halogen” as used herein means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- aryl as used herein means a stable monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic carbon ring of up to 8 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic as defined by the Hückel 4n+2 rule.
- exemplary aryl groups according to the invention include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and biphenyl.
- the aryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
- aralkyl and “arylalkyl” as used herein mean an aryl group as defined above linked to the molecule through an alkyl group as defined above.
- alkaryl and “alkylaryl” as used herein means an alkyl group as defined above linked to the molecule through an aryl group as defined above.
- acyl as used herein means a carboxylic acid ester in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the ester group is selected from straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl or lower alkyl; alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl; aralkyl including benzyl; aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl; monophosphate ester, di-phosphate ester, or tri-phosphate ester; trityl or monomethoxytrityl; substituted benzyl; trialkylsilyl such as dimethyl-t-butylsilyl or diphenylmethylsilyl.
- Aryl groups in the esters preferably comprise a phenyl group
- amino as used herein means a moiety represented by the structure NR 2 , and includes primary amines, and secondary and tertiary amines substituted by alkyl (i.e., alkylamino).
- R 2 may represent two hydrogen atoms, two alkyl moieties, or one hydrogen atom and one alkyl moiety.
- alkylamino and arylamino as used herein mean an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively.
- analogue as used herein means a compound in which one or more individual atoms or functional groups have been replaced, either with a different atom or a different functional, generally giving rise to a compound with similar properties.
- derivative means a compound that is formed from a similar, beginning compound by attaching another molecule or atom to the beginning compound.
- derivatives encompass one or more compounds formed from a precursor compound through addition of one or more atoms or molecules or through combining two or more precursor compounds.
- prodrug means any compound which, when administered to a mammal, is converted in whole or in part to a compound of the invention.
- active metabolite means a physiologically active compound which results from the metabolism of a compound of the invention, or a prodrug thereof, when such compound or prodrug is administered to a mammal.
- terapéuticaally effective amount or “therapeutically effective dose” as used herein are interchangeable and mean a concentration of a compound according to the invention, or a biologically active variant thereof, sufficient to elicit the desired therapeutic effect according to the methods of treatment described herein.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a carrier that is recognized as useful in the art to facilitate the storage, administration, and/or the healing effect of a biologically active agent.
- intermittent administration means administration of a therapeutically effective dose of a composition according to the invention, followed by a time period of discontinuance, which is then followed by another administration of a therapeutically effective dose, and so forth.
- potentiate means to increase the effectiveness of an agent in relation to a particular desired end result.
- the term specifically can be used to describe a synergistic effect achieved by the combination of two or more active agents wherein the combination of the active agents provides an effectiveness that exceeds the effectiveness of any of the agents alone in relation to a particular desired end result.
- antiproliferative agent means a compound that decreases the hyperproliferation of cells.
- abnormal cell proliferation means a disease or condition characterized by the inappropriate growth or multiplication of one or more cell types relative to the growth of that cell type or types in an individual not suffering from that disease or condition.
- cancer as used herein means a disease or condition characterized by uncontrolled, abnormal growth of cells, which can spread locally or through the bloodstream and lymphatic system to other parts of the body.
- the term includes tumor-forming or non-tumor forming cancers, and includes various types of cancers, such as primary tumors and tumor metastasis.
- tumor means an abnormal mass of cells within a multicellular organism that results from excessive cell division that is uncontrolled and progressive, also called a neoplasm.
- a tumor may either be benign or malignant.
- fibrotic disorders means fibrosis and other medical complications of fibrosis which result in whole or in part from the proliferation of fibroblasts.
- arthritis means an inflammatory disorder affecting joints that can be infective, autoimmune, or traumatic in origin.
- the present invention arises from a specific recognition that combinations of antifolate compounds can surprisingly provide beneficial effects exceeding the effectiveness of the agents when used alone.
- the combination of two or more antifolate compounds acting by two or more different mechanisms can result in a synergistic effect that would not necessarily be expected.
- mechanisms of action of different types of antifolate compounds have been previously described, it has not been previously recognized that combining different antifolate compounds with different mechanisms of action could actually potentiate the effectiveness of one or more of the compounds in its treatment of specific conditions.
- the combination can be made such that the active agents are provided in a defined dosing regimen, and such defined dosing regimens are further described herein.
- the combinations are such that the active compounds are provided in separate dosing forms to facilitate the defined dosing regimen. Further description of the administration of the compounds in relation to dosing regimens, dosing forms, dosing amounts, and the like is provided herein.
- At least one active agent (or active compound) used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (6),
- X is CHR 8 or NR 8 ;
- Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 independently are O or S;
- V 1 and V 2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 1 and R 2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; as well as pharmaceutically acceptable esters, amides, salts, solvates, enantiomers, and prodrugs thereof.
- At least one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (7)
- X is CHR 8 or NR B ;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; as well as pharmaceutically acceptable esters, amides, salts, solvates, enantiomers, and prodrugs thereof.
- At least one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (8)
- X is CHR 8 or NR B ;
- Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 independently are O or S;
- V 1 and V 2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 1 and R 2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 8 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl as well as pharmaceutically acceptable esters, amides, salts, solvates, enantiomers, and prodrugs thereof.
- At least one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (9).
- This compound may particularly be known by the name 2- ⁇ 4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino ⁇ -4-methylene-pentanedioic acid.
- the compound may also be known as gamma methylene glutamate 5,8,10-trideaza aminopterin or 5,8-dideaza MDAM.
- the antifolate compound of Formula (9) is non-polyglutamylatable, non-hydroxylatable, and capable of disrupting folate metabolism.
- Biologically active variants of the various compounds described herein are also encompassed by the invention. Such variants should retain the general biological activity of the original compounds; however, the presence of additional activities would not necessarily limit the use thereof in the present invention. Such activity may be evaluated using standard testing methods and bioassays recognizable by the skilled artisan in the field as generally being useful for identifying such activity.
- suitable biologically active variants comprise one or more analogues or derivatives of the compounds described herein.
- a single compound useful according to the invention may give rise to an entire family of analogues or derivatives having similar activity and, therefore, usefulness according to the present invention.
- a single compound useful according to the invention may represent a single family member of a greater class of compounds useful according to the present invention. Accordingly, the present invention fully encompasses not only the compounds described herein, but analogues and derivatives of such compounds, particularly those identifiable by methods commonly known in the art and recognizable to the skilled artisan.
- the compounds disclosed herein may contain chiral centers, which may be either of the (R) or (S) configuration, or may comprise a mixture thereof. Accordingly, the present invention also includes stereoisomers of the compounds described herein, where applicable, either individually or admixed in any proportions.
- Stereoisomers may include, but are not limited to, enantiomers, diastereomers, racemic mixtures, and combinations thereof. Such stereoisomers can be prepared and separated using conventional techniques, either by reacting enantiomeric starting materials, or by separating isomers of compounds of the present invention.
- Isomers may include geometric isomers. Examples of geometric isomers include, but are not limited to, cis isomers or trans isomers across a double bond. Other isomers are contemplated among the compounds of the present invention. The isomers may be used either in pure form or in admixture with other isomers of the present compounds.
- the compound of Formula (9), for example, is a chiral compound, the chiral center being indicated with an asterisk. Accordingly, the antifolate compound of Formula (9) can exist as two separate enantiomers—either the (R) enantiomer or the (S) enantiomer. Typically, the antifolate compound of Formula (9) exists as a racemic mixture of the two enantiomers.
- optical isomers of the compounds useful according to the present invention include the following:
- enzymatic asymmetric synthesis a synthetic technique whereby at least one step of the synthesis uses an enzymatic reaction to obtain an enantiomerically pure or enriched synthetic precursor of the desired enantiomer;
- kinetic resolutions comprising partial or complete resolution of a racemate (or of a further resolution of a partially resolved compound) by virtue of unequal reaction rates of the enantiomers with a chiral, non-racemic reagent or catalyst under kinetic conditions;
- x) chiral liquid chromatography whereby the enantiomers of a racemate are separated in a liquid mobile phase by virtue of their differing interactions with a stationary phase.
- the stationary phase can be made of chiral material or the mobile phase can contain an additional chiral material to provoke the differing interactions;
- xiii) transport across chiral membranes whereby a racemate is placed in contact with a thin membrane barrier.
- the barrier typically separates two miscible fluids, one containing the racemate, and a driving force such as concentration or pressure differential causes preferential transport across the membrane barrier. Separation occurs as a result of the non-racemic chiral nature of the membrane which allows only one enantiomer of the racemate to pass through.
- an active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises the antifolate compound (S)-2- ⁇ 4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino ⁇ -4-methylene-pentanedioic acid, which is shown in Formula (10).
- the compound of Formula (10) is the (S) enantiomer of the compound shown in Formula (9).
- the (S) enantiomer can be particularly useful in the combinations of the invention in light of its increased activity in comparison to the (R) enantiomer.
- the antifolate compounds used in the inventive combinations optionally may be provided in an enantiomerically enriched form, such as a mixture of enantiomers in which one enantiomer is present in excess (given as a mole fraction or a weight fraction).
- Enantiomeric excess is understood to exist where a chemical substance comprises two enantiomers of the same compound and one enantiomer is present in a greater amount than the other enantiomer. Unlike racemic mixtures, these mixtures will show a net optical rotation. With knowledge of the specific rotation of the mixture and the specific rotation of the pure enantiomer, the enantiomeric excess (abbreviated “ee”) can be determined by known methods. Direct determination of the quantities of each enantiomer present in the mixture (e.g., as a weight %) is possible with NMR spectroscopy and chiral column chromatography.
- the combinations of the invention can comprise a compound according to Formula (9), wherein the (S) enantiomer, as shown in Formula (10), is present in an enantiomeric excess.
- the compound of Formula (9) can be referred to as being in an optically purified form in relation to the (S) enantiomer.
- the combinations comprising an enantiomeric excess of the (S) enantiomer can be referred to as having a specific enantiomeric purity.
- the term “entantiomerically pure” or “enantiomeric purity” should not be construed as limiting the combinations of the invention to compounds that are 100% pure for the specific enantiomeric. Rather, the terms are understood as indicating that the racemic mix (i.e., 50/50 mixture of the enantiomers) has been purified such that one enantiomer comprises greater than 50% of the total amount of the compound present.
- the antifolate compounds used in the combinations of the invention can be enantiomerically pure for the (S) enantiomer such that greater than 50% of the compound present in the composition is the (S) enantiomer.
- the combinations of the invention can comprise an antifolate compound described herein having an enantiomeric purity for one enantiomer, such as the (S) enantiomer, of at least about 75%. In other words, at least about 75% of the antifolate compound is in the desired enantiomeric form.
- the antifolate compounds described herein used in the inventive combinations can have an enantiomeric purity for the desired enantiomer of at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, at least about 99.5%, at least about 99.6%, at least about 99.7%, or at least about 99.8%.
- esters, amides, salts, solvates, prodrugs, and other derivatives of the compounds of the present invention may be prepared according to methods generally known in the art, such as, for example, those methods described by J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4 th Ed. (New York: Wiley-Interscience, 1992), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful according to the invention include acid addition salts. Salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable acids, however, may be useful, for example, in the preparation and purification of the compounds.
- Suitable acid addition salts according to the present invention include organic and inorganic acids. Preferred salts include those formed from hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, citric, tartaric, lactic, pyruvic, acetic, succinic, fumaric, maleic, oxaloacetic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, benzesulfonic, and isethionic acids.
- compositions include propionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, monohydrogenphosphates, dihydrogenphosphates, metaphosphates, pyrophosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, acetates, propionates, decanoates, caprylates, acrylates, formates, isobutyrates, caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates, malonates, succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, butyne-1,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6-dioates, be
- the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method known to the art, including treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide or the like.
- an inorganic or organic base such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide or the like.
- suitable salts include organic salts derived from amino acids such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and inorganic salts derived from sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium.
- the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method known to the art, including treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, pyranosidyl acids such as glucuronic acid and galacturonic acid, alpha-hydroxy acids such as citric acid and tartaric acid, amino acids such as aspartic acid and glutamic acid, aromatic acids such as benzoic acid and cinnamic acid, sulfonic acids such a p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, or the like.
- an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid,
- Esters of the compounds according to the present invention may be prepared through functionalization of hydroxyl and/or carboxyl groups that may be present within the molecular structure of the compound.
- Amides and prodrugs may also be prepared using techniques known to those skilled in the art. For example, amides may be prepared from esters, using suitable amine reactants, or they may be prepared from anhydride or an acid chloride by reaction with ammonia or a lower alkyl amine.
- esters and amides of compounds of the invention can be made by reaction with a carbonylating agent (e.g., ethyl formate, acetic anhydride, methoxyacetyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, methyl isocyanate, ethyl chloroformate, methanesulfonyl chloride) and a suitable base (e.g., 4-dimethylaminopyridine, pyridine, triethylamine, potassium carbonate) in a suitable organic solvent (e.g., tetrahydrofuran, acetone, methanol, pyridine, N,N-dimethylformamide) at a temperature of 0° C. to 60° C.
- a carbonylating agent e.g., ethyl formate, acetic anhydride, methoxyacetyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, methyl isocyanate, ethyl chloroformate, methanesul
- Prodrugs are typically prepared by covalent attachment of a moiety, which results in a compound that is therapeutically inactive until modified by an individual's metabolic system.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include, but are not limited to, compounds according to the invention in combination with water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamine.
- an antifolate compound used in the inventive combinations can comprise a salt of the antifolate compounds described above.
- the inventive combinations can comprise a salt compound according to Formula (11).
- X′ can be any suitable salt-forming counterion, and each X + can be the same or different.
- X + is an alkali metal.
- X + is a sodium cation.
- X + is a potassium cation.
- one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises a disodium salt according to Formula (11).
- one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises a dipotassium salt according to Formula (11).
- other cationic moieties could be used as X + in the compound of Formula (11).
- the invention also encompasses salt forms according to Formula (11) that can be enantiomerically pure for the (R) enantiomer, enantiomerically pure for the (S) enantiomer, or in a racemic form.
- a compound useful in the inventive combinations can be a disodium salt or a dipotassium salt of 2- ⁇ 4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino ⁇ -4-methylene-pentanedioic acid that is enantiomerically purified for the (S) enantiomer, as described above.
- the combinations can comprise a compound according to Formula (12), which is a salt of (S)-2- ⁇ 4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino ⁇ -4-methylene-pentanedioic acid, and wherein X + is as defined above in relation to Formula (11).
- the compound is at least 95% pure for the (S) enantiomer, more preferably at least 97% pure, still more preferably at least 98% pure, even more preferably at least 99% pure, and most preferably at least 99.5% pure for the (S) enantiomer.
- the compounds used in the combinations of the invention may exist in different forms.
- the compounds may exist in stable and metastable crystalline forms and isotropic and amorphous forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
- Crystalline and amorphous forms of the inventive compounds can be characterized by the unique X-ray powder diffraction pattern (i.e., interplanar spacing peaks expressed in Angstroms) of the material.
- Equipment useful for measuring such data is known in the art, such as a Shimadzu XRD-6000 X-ray diffractometer, and any such equipment can be used to measure the compounds according to the present invention.
- the compounds of Formula (12) may be referenced in relation to the label “CH-4051.” This term relates to di-salts of the enantiomerically purified compound, and may specifically relate to the dipotassium salt or the disodium salt. Again, the term CH-4051 may refer to the compounds in one or more the possible forms discussed above.
- the active compounds of the present invention may comprise prodrugs and/or active metabolites of the antifolate compounds described herein. Any of the compounds described herein can be administered as a prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailability, or stability of the compound or to otherwise alter the properties of the compound.
- Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound.
- Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, and/or dephosphorylated to produce the active compound.
- the compounds of this invention possess anti-proliferative activity against abnormally proliferating cells and/or anti-inflammatory activity, particularly anti-rheumatic activity, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits one or more of such activities.
- prodrug ligands are known.
- alkylation, acylation, or other lipophilic modification of one or more heteroatoms of the compound, such as a free amine or carboxylic acid residue reduces polarity and allows passage into cells.
- substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogen atoms on the free amine and/or carboxylic acid moiety include, but are not limited to, the following: aryl; steroids; carbohydrates (including sugars); 1,2-diacylglycerol; alcohols; acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester (including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, such as methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as provided in the definition of an aryl given herein); optionally substituted arylsulfonyl; lipids (including phospholipids); phosphotidylcholine; phosphocholine; amino acid residues or derivatives; amino acid acyl residues or derivatives; peptides; cholesterols; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving groups which, when administered in vivo, provide the free amine and/or
- step 5 the fused ring compound I-05 is formed by reacting compound I-04 (in a solution of sulfolane) with chloroformamidine hydrochloride.
- Compound I-05 is converted to the carboxylic acid compound I-06 (4-[2-(-2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoic acid), such as by refluxing in a base and organic solvent, evaporating the solvent, and acidifying the remaining material.
- step 7 compound I-06 is reacted with (S)-2-amino-4-methylene-pentanedioc acid dimethyl ester hydrochloride, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl carbodiimide hydrochloride, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in a suitable solvent, such as dimethylformamide, in the presence of a hindered base, such as N,N′-diisopropylethylamine.
- a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide
- a hindered base such as N,N′-diisopropylethylamine.
- the remaining reaction steps are carried out in a manner to preserve this stereochemistry.
- step 8 (S)-2- ⁇ 4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]benzoylamino ⁇ -4-methylene-pentanedioic acid dimethyl ester (compound I-07) is reacted with a base in a suitable solvent, such as acetonitrile to form the corresponding dioic acid of compound I-08.
- a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile
- the salt compound I-09 is formed by forming a solution using an appropriate solvent, such as methanol, and adding an appropriate base providing the desired cation, such as sodium hydroxide. The salt compound can then be precipitated by conventional means.
- the foregoing method can be used to prepare a compound according to Formula (12) as a disodium salt or dipotassium salt having an enantiomeric purity of 99.8% for the (S) enantiomer.
- Specific compounds that may be encompassed by the Formula (6) through Formula (12) and that may be useful according to the invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,251, U.S. Pat. No. 7,829,708, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0253719, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0253720, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0112126, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0124650, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0237609, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
- the active agent combinations of the present invention particularly can comprise the compound methotrexate, or a derivative thereof, in combination with one or more antifolate compounds described above in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12).
- the active agent combinations can comprise methotrexate, or a derivative thereof, in combination with one or more antifolate compounds described above in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12) and one or more further compounds known to have therapeutic properties.
- Exemplary further compounds may be toxicity-reducing compounds (e.g., folic acid or leucovorin), anti-inflammatory compounds, anti-arthritic compounds, antibiotics, antifungals, or antiviral agents.
- the combinations described herein can be effective when delivered to a subject according to a defined dosing regimen.
- the combination of active agents provided according to the present invention are provided such that a first active compound is provided according to a first dosing schedule and at least a second active compound is provided according to a second dosing schedule.
- the first and second dosing schedules differ in one or more of the timing of administration of each of the active compounds, the total number of doses of each active agent administered over a defined time frame (e.g., total number of doses per day, total number of doses per week, total number of doses per month, or total number of doses administered during a customized time frame, such as a defined number of days), or the absolute number of doses administered in a defined treatment interval.
- the difference in the dosing schedules may be defined in terms of a ratio of the number of doses of one active compound to the number of doses of another active compound. Such ratio would be understood to cover a sufficient period of administration (e.g., number of days, weeks, or months) such that the value would be mathematically relevant.
- the provision of the combination of active agents in the defined dosing regimen can be related to methods of treatment as well as methods of manufacture, such as kits and the like.
- the invention can comprise methods of treating a subject by administering a combination of at least two active compounds as described herein.
- a first active compound can be administered according to a first dosing schedule
- a second compound can be administered according to a second, different dosing schedule.
- Even further active compounds can be administered, and such compounds could be administered according to one of the aforementioned dosing schedules or according to one or more different dosing schedules.
- the dosing schedules used in the methods of treatment may comprise daily dosing of at least one of the active compounds administered in the dosing regimen.
- an active compound may be administered once daily, twice daily, three times daily, or even four times daily, as necessary to achieve a desired treatment effect and/or to accommodate specific pharmacokinetic properties of the active compound and/or effects of the administration specific to a certain subject.
- the dosing schedules used in the methods of treatment further may comprise weekly dosing of at least one of the active compounds administered in the dosing regimen.
- an active compound may be administered once weekly, twice weekly, three times weekly, or even four times weekly.
- the multiple doses are administered on different days.
- a dosing schedule could comprise administration of a dose once every specific number of days (e.g., one dose every other day, one dose every third day, one dose every fourth day, one dose every fifth day, or one dose every sixth day).
- Dosing of one or more of the active compounds can be according to an intermittent administration schedule, as otherwise described herein. In such embodiments, it is preferable that the compound being dosed intermittently be administered for at least two consecutive days followed by the prescribed time of discontinuance prior to continuing administration.
- the invention can comprise methods of manufacture, such as kits, that provide a sufficient number of doses of each of the active compounds provided by the combination such that the active compounds (which may be provided in the form of different pharmaceutical formulations) are dosed in the defined regimen.
- Such articles of manufacture may be formed such that the active compounds may be provided in a sufficient number of dosages to meet any of the dosing schedules described herein (e.g., daily dosing schedule, weekly dosing schedules, or other customized dosing schedules).
- the articles of manufacture particularly may provide the active compounds in a defined number of dosages of each active compound (e.g., individual dosages of the active compounds, such as in the form of pharmaceutical formulations) such that the dosages of the active compounds are in a defined ratio.
- a kit according to the invention could include a sufficient number of dosages of a first phaiinaceutical composition including a first active compound and a second pharmaceutical composition including a second active compound such that the compositions are dosed in a regimen of at least “X” number of doses of the first composition for each “Y” number of doses of the second composition.
- kits could provide a sufficient number of each composition such that they can be dosed in a regimen of at least 2:1 (i.e., at least two doses of one composition per single dose of the other composition), at least 3:1, at least 4:1, at least 5:1, at least 6:1, at least 7:1, at least 8:1, at least 9:1, at least 10:1, at least 11:1, at least 12:1, at least 13:1, at least 14:1, at least 15:1, at least 16:1, at least 17:1, at least 18:1, at least 19:1, at least 20:1, at least 21:1, at least 22:1, at least 23:1, at least 24:1, at least 25:1, at least 26:1, at least 27:1, at least 28:1, at least 29:1, or at least 30:1.
- the composition provided for the higher dosing regimen of the combination may relate to an antifolate compound described herein in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12), and the composition provided for the lower dosing regimen of the combination may relate to methotrexate.
- the ratio can be expanded to accommodate the further active compounds and the specific ratios in which the dosages are provided (e.g., and “A” to “B” to “C” ratio where three active compounds are provided, such as in three different pharmaceutical compositions).
- Such ratio of dosages can encompass dosing regimens wherein one active compound is administered on a different time basis than another active compound (e.g., one compound administered daily and the other compound administered weekly).
- dosages could be provided in an amount sufficient such that they are dosed in a regimen of at least one dose per day of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) for each one dose per week of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition).
- Any combination of doses could be provided to provide one dose per day to about four doses per day of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) for each one dose per week to about 4 doses per week of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition).
- Such values could be easily adjusted such that the dosages for each compound (or pharmaceutical composition) are both identified on a daily basis, a weekly basis, or even a monthly basis.
- kits according to the invention could comprise a sufficient number of doses of each active compound provided in the combination to accommodate any of the embodiments provided herein, and the number of doses could be allocated on a specific time basis.
- the article of manufacture could provide a sufficient number of dosages to provide a dosing regimen that covers a single week.
- the article of manufacture could comprise about seven to about 28 doses of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) and one to about four doses of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition).
- the article of manufacture similarly could provide a sufficient number of dosages to provide a dosing regimen that covers a single month.
- the article of manufacture could comprise about 30 to about 120 doses of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) and one to about 16 doses of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition).
- active compounds of the present invention may be provided in pharmaceutical compositions. Further, the combined active compounds can be prepared and delivered in a variety of forms. For example, a single composition containing all of the active ingredients may be provided. In specific embodiments, the active agents are provided in multiple compositions comprising separate active ingredients but intended to be administered in a defined dosing regimen, as further described herein.
- compositions can be prepared to deliver one or more active agents described herein together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefore, and optionally, other therapeutic ingredients.
- Carriers should be acceptable in that they are compatible with any other ingredients of the composition and not harmful to the recipient thereof.
- a carrier may also reduce any undesirable side effects of the agent.
- Non-limiting examples of carriers that could be used according to the invention are described by Wang et al. (1980) J. Parent. Drug Assn. 34(6):452-462, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- the combinations of the invention preferably provide an active agent as described herein in a therapeutically effective amount, as further described below.
- the amount of the active agent can be based on the overall weight of a composition in which it is provided.
- a pharmaceutical composition can comprise an active agent as described herein in an amount of about 0.01 mg/g to about 100 mg/g.
- the pharmaceutical composition can comprise an active agent as described herein in an amount of about 0.02 mg/g to about 80 mg/g, about 0.05 mg/g to about 75 mg/g, about 0.08 mg/g to about 50 mg/g, about 0.1 mg/g to about 30 mg/g, about 0.25 mg/g to about 25 mg/g, or about 0.5 mg/g to about 20 mg/g.
- the amount of drug can also be referenced to a unit dose (e.g., the amount of drug in a single capsule or tablet).
- the content of the active agent can be referenced to the content of a salt form or other form of the compound used in the composition. In other embodiments, even when a specific form is used, the amount of the active agent can be referenced to the content of the basic compound form (e.g., a free acid form) that is present.
- compositions useful according to the invention may include short-term, rapid-onset, rapid-offset, controlled release, sustained release, delayed release, and pulsatile release compositions, providing the compositions achieve administration of a compound as described herein. See Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (18 th ed.; Mack Publishing Company, Eaton, Pa., 1990), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- compositions according to the present invention are suitable for various modes of delivery, including oral, parenteral (including intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intracardiac, subcutaneous, intraorbital, intracapsular, intraspinal, intrastemal, and transdermal), topical (including dermal, buccal, and sublingual), pulmonary, vaginal, urethral, and rectal administration. Administration can also be via nasal spray, surgical implant, internal surgical paint, infusion pump, or via catheter, stent, balloon or other delivery device. The most useful and/or beneficial mode of administration can vary, especially depending upon the condition of the recipient and the disorder being treated. In preferred embodiments, the compositions of the present invention are provided in an oral dosage form, as more fully described below.
- compositions may be conveniently made available in a unit dosage form, whereby such compositions may be prepared by any of the methods generally known in the pharmaceutical arts.
- methods of preparation comprise combining (by various methods) the active compounds of the invention with a suitable carrier or other adjuvant, which may consist of one or more ingredients.
- a suitable carrier or other adjuvant which may consist of one or more ingredients.
- the combination of the active ingredients with the one or more adjuvants is then physically treated to present the composition in a suitable form for delivery (e.g., shaping into a tablet or forming an aqueous suspension).
- Adjuvants or accessory ingredients for use in the compositions of the present invention can include any pharmaceutical ingredient commonly deemed acceptable in the art, such as binders, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, diluents, surfactants, stabilizers, preservatives, flavoring and coloring agents, and the like. Binders are generally used to facilitate cohesiveness of the tablet and ensure the tablet remains intact after compression. Suitable binders include, but are not limited to: starch, polysaccharides, gelatin, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, waxes, and natural and synthetic gums.
- Acceptable fillers include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, alumina, talc, kaolin, powdered cellulose, and microcrystalline cellulose, as well as soluble materials, such as mannitol, urea, sucrose, lactose, dextrose, sodium chloride, and sorbitol.
- Lubricants are useful for facilitating tablet manufacture and include vegetable oils, glycerin, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, and stearic acid.
- Disintegrants which are useful for facilitating disintegration of the tablet, generally include starches, clays, celluloses, algins, gums, and crosslinked polymers.
- Diluents which are generally included to provide bulk to the tablet, may include dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, and powdered sugar.
- Surfactants suitable for use in the composition according to the present invention may be anionic, cationic, amphoteric, or nonionic surface active agents.
- Stabilizers may be included in the compositions to inhibit or lessen reactions leading to decomposition of the active agents, such as oxidative reactions.
- a therapeutically effective amount of each of the active agents used in the inventive combinations may be obtained via administration of a therapeutically effective dose of each active agent.
- a therapeutically effective amount is an amount effective to treat an inflammation related condition.
- a therapeutically effective amount is an amount effective to treat an arthritic condition.
- a therapeutically effective amount is an amount effective to treat rheumatoid arthritis.
- the active compounds are provided in the combinations in amounts sufficient to deliver to a patient a therapeutic amount of the compounds in vivo in the absence of serious toxic effects.
- concentrations of the active compounds in the combinations will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values also can vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens may be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the invention.
- a therapeutically effective amount according to the invention can be determined based on the bodyweight of the recipient.
- a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range of about 0.1 ⁇ g/kg of body weight to about 5 mg/kg of body weight per day.
- a therapeutically effective amount can be described in terms of a fixed dose. Therefore, in another embodiment, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range of about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg per dose. Of course, it is understood that such an amount could be divided into a number of smaller dosages administered throughout the day.
- the effective dosage range of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs can be calculated based on the weight of the parent compound to be delivered. If a salt or prodrug exhibits activity in itself, the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the salt or prodrug, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
- an effective amount of methotrexate according to the present invention can be characterized in relation to total amount administered on a weekly basis.
- an effective amount of methotrexate can be at least about 0.1 mg/week, at least about 0.5 mg/week, at least about 1 mg/week, at least about 2 mg/week, at least about 5 mg/week, at least about 10 mg/week, at least about 15 mg/week, at least about 20 mg/week, or at least about 25 mg/week.
- an effective amount of methotrexate can be about 1 to about 50 mg/week, about 2 to about 40 mg/week, about 3 to about 35 mg/week, about 4 to about 30 mg/week, or about 5 to about 25 mg/week, about 5 to about 20 mg/week, or about 5 to about 15 mg/week.
- This amount can be provided as a single dose (i.e., one dose per week) or can be divided into multiple doses as otherwise described herein (e.g., two, three, four, five, or six doses per week).
- dosing of methotrexate may be referred to as low dose administration, and such terminology can refer to the significantly reduced dosing of methotrexate required in the combination of the present invention in relation to dosing of methotrexate alone.
- low dose methotrexate administration can refer to dosing in an amount of less than about 100 mg/week, less than about 90 mg/week, less than about 80 mg/week, less than about 70 mg/week, less than about 60 mg/week, or less than about 50 mg/week. Of course, it is understood that such ranges require some minimum amount of methotrexate being administered.
- Such low dose administration of methotrexate can particularly be achieved in light of the combination with the further antifolate compounds described herein. Thus, as otherwise described herein, a synergistic effect may be realized such that excellent effects can be achieved by using a lower dose of methotrexate than would be expected to achieve the same therapeutic effect.
- an effective amount of an antifolate compound according to the present invention can be characterized in relation to total amount administered on a daily basis.
- an effective amount of such compounds can be at least about 0.01 mg/day, at least about 0.05 mg/day, at least about 0.1 mg/day, at least about 0.2 mg/day, or at least about 0.3 mg/day.
- an effective amount of such compounds can be about 0.05 to about 20 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 15 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 10 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 8 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 7 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 5 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 4 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 3 mg/day, about 0.2 to about 3 mg/day, about 0.25 to about 2 mg/day, or about 0.3 to about 1 mg/day.
- Doses in the lower ends of the noted ranges may be used when the compounds are administered on a daily basis with no periods of discontinued use. In embodiments where intermittent administration may be used, doses in the higher ends of the noted ranges may be used.
- the dosing on days of administration may be in the range of about 5 to about 20 mg/day, about 5 to about 15 mg/day, about 5 to about 12 mg/day, or about 5 to about 10 mg/day.
- the combinations of the invention will be administered in therapeutically effective amounts to a mammal, preferably a human.
- An effective dose of a compound for treatment of any of the conditions or diseases described herein can be readily determined by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances.
- the effective amount of the combinations would be expected to vary according to the weight, sex, age, and medical history of the subject. Of course, other factors could also influence the effective amount of the combination to be delivered, including, but not limited to, the specific disease involved, the degree of involvement or the severity of the disease, the response of the individual patient, the particular compound administered, the mode of administration, the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered, the dosing regimen selected, and the use of concomitant medication.
- the compound is preferentially administered for a sufficient time period to alleviate the undesired symptoms and the clinical signs associated with the condition being treated.
- Methods to determine efficacy and dosage are known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Isselbacher et al. (1996) Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine 13 ed., 1814-1882, herein incorporated by reference.
- the present invention particularly provides methods for treating a subject suffering from specific conditions.
- the inventive combinations may be used in methods for treating a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition—i.e., diseases characterized by inflammation.
- diseases and conditions which have significant inflammatory components are ubiquitous and include, for example, skin disorders, bowel disorders, certain degenerative neurological disorders, arthritis, autoimmune diseases and a variety of other illnesses. Some of these diseases have both an inflammatory and proliferative component.
- the invention can be particularly beneficial in that the combination of compounds can provide anti-inflammatory and anti-proliferative activity.
- the inventive combinations of compounds can be used to treat conditions such as arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD), Crohn's disease (CD), ulcerative colitis (UC), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), sarcoidosis, psoriasis, allergic disorders, skin disorders, transplant rejection, poststreptococcal and autoimmune renal failure, septic shock, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), envenomation, lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemias, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, and rheumatic fever, pelvic inflammatory disease (PID), conjunctivitis, dermatitis, and bronchitis.
- arthritis e.g., rheumatoid arthritis
- IBD inflammatory bowel diseases
- CD Crohn's disease
- UC ulcerative colitis
- COPD
- the combinations of the invention particularly can be useful in the treatment of arthritis related conditions. More than 40 million Americans suffer from arthritis in its various forms, including over 100 kinds of rheumatic diseases (i.e., diseases affecting joints, muscle, and connective tissue, which makes up or supports various structures of the body, including tendons, cartilage, blood vessels, and internal organs).
- rheumatic diseases i.e., diseases affecting joints, muscle, and connective tissue, which makes up or supports various structures of the body, including tendons, cartilage, blood vessels, and internal organs.
- arthritis include rheumatoid (such as soft-tissue rheumatism and non-articular rheumatism), fibromyalgia, fibrositis, muscular rheumatism, myofascil pain, humeral epicondylitis, frozen shoulder, Tietze's syndrome, fascitis, tendinitis, tenosynovitis, bursitis, juvenile chronic, spondyloarthropaties (ankylosing spondylitis), osteoarthritis, hyperuricemia and arthritis associated with acute gout, chronic gout, and systemic lupus erythematosus.
- rheumatoid such as soft-tissue rheumatism and non-articular rheumatism
- fibromyalgia such as soft-tissue rheumatism and non-articular rheumatism
- fibrositis such as soft-tissue rheumatism and non-articular rhe
- the inventive combinations are particularly useful in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, which is an autoimmune disease that can affect the whole body, causing weakness, fatigue, loss of appetite, and muscle pain.
- rheumatoid arthritis which is an autoimmune disease that can affect the whole body, causing weakness, fatigue, loss of appetite, and muscle pain.
- the age of onset is much earlier than osteoarthritis, between ages 20 and 50.
- Inflammation begins in the synovial lining and can spread to the entire joint.
- the invention can provide method methods for treating a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition. Specifically, the methods can comprise administering a polyglutamylatable antifolate compound (such as methotrexate) in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6) through Formula (12). In preferred embodiments, the compounds can be administered in specific dosing schedules, as described herein.
- a polyglutamylatable antifolate compound such as methotrexate
- the compounds can be administered in specific dosing schedules, as described herein.
- the inventive combinations of the invention can be especially useful in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
- the inventive combination are particularly useful (and may even be described as acting synergistically) because the combination of compounds can work through different mechanisms.
- the compounds of Formula (6) through Formula (12) are non-polyglutamylatable and thus can function as a pure DHFR inhibitor (as described below), while methotrexate works through inactivation of alternate enzymes following polyglutamylation.
- methotrexate acts on multiple enzymes, including aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide (AICAR), thymidylate synthetase (TS), dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), and glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase (GARFT).
- AICAR aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide
- TS thymidylate synthetase
- DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
- GARFT glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase
- Aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide is an intermediate in the generation of inosine monophosphate, which acts as an AMP-activated protein kinase agonist. It stimulates glucose uptake and increases the activity of p38 mitogen-activated protein kinases ⁇ and ⁇ in skeletal muscle tissue, as well as suppressing apoptosis by reducing production of reactive oxygen compounds inside the cell
- Thymidylate synthase is a rate-limiting enzyme in pyrimidine de novo deoxynucleotide biosynthesis and is therefore often a target for chemotherapeutic strategies.
- TS plays a central role in reductive methylation of deoxyuridine-5′-monophosphate (dUMP) to deoxythymidine-5′-monophosphate (dTMP).
- dUMP deoxyuridine-5′-monophosphate
- dTMP deoxythymidine-5′-monophosphate
- dTTP 2′-deoxythymidine-5′-triphosphate
- dUTP 2′-deoxyuridine-5′-triphosphate
- Dihydrofolate reductase catalyzes the NADPH-dependent reduction of 7,8-dihydrofolate (DHF or H2F) to 5,6,7,8-tetrahydrofolate (THF or H4F).
- DHF 7,8-dihydrofolate
- THF 5,6,7,8-tetrahydrofolate
- DHFR is necessary for maintaining intracellular levels of THF, an essential cofactor in the synthetic pathway of purines, thymidylate, and several amino acids.
- Glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase is a folate-dependent enzyme in the de novo purine biosynthesis pathway critical to cell division and proliferation. Specifically, GARFT catalyzes the formation of purines from the reaction of 10-formyltetrahydrofolate (10-FTHF) to THF. Inhibition of GARFT results in a depletion in intracellular purine levels, which in turn inhibits DNA and RNA synthesis. Ultimately, disruption of DNA and RNA synthesis by GARFT inhibition results in cell death. The antiproliferative effect associated with GARFT inhibition makes it a particularly desirable target for anti-tumor drugs.
- GARFT Glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase
- Methotrexate can be transported into cells by mechanisms such as the reduced folate carrier system and the membrane folate binding protein transport system. Once in the cell, methotrexate is converted to polyglutamylate forms by folyl polyglutamate synthase. The polyglutamylate forms are retained in cells and are inhibitors of enzymes, such as noted above. Polyglutamylation is a time- and concentration-dependent process that occurs in tumor cells and, to a lesser extent, in normal tissues. Polyglutamylated metabolites have an increased intracellular half-life resulting in prolonged drug action.
- Methotrexate can be a highly useful drug in light of its broad action against multiple enzymes. Conversely, it can be undesirable in some cases to administer the compound, particularly in high doses. For example, inhibition of TS and GARFT is strongly related to cell death, thus the desirability of using TS and GARFT inhibitors as anti-tumor drugs. However, the ability of drugs, such as methotrexate, to induce apoptosis increases the toxicity of the drug (i.e., death of healthy cells as well as tumor cells).
- the compounds of Formula (6) through Formula (12) comprise a 4-methylidene group in the glutamate moiety of the compounds. Such may also be referred to as a gamma methylene glutamate moiety.
- the presence of the methylene group makes the antifolate compounds non-polyglutamylatable.
- the compounds of Formula (6) through Formula (12) are specific for DHFR inhibition (i.e., do not inhibit TS or GARFT due to the absence of polyglutamylation inside cells).
- Such specificity is desirable to provide for more specific treatments while avoiding or reducing toxicity and minimizing side-effects more commonly associated with compounds, such as pemetrexed, which act on additional enzymes, such as TS and GARFT.
- methotrexate in relatively low doses can be effective in treating inflammation related conditions, such as rheumatoid arthritis, while minimizing any undesirable side effects of the drug, as described above.
- the effectiveness of low dose methotrexate therapy is surprisingly increased by combining the drug with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6) through Formula (12).
- methotrexate treatment provides beneficial effects from the multiple enzyme inhibiting activity of the polyglutamylate form of the compound, while the low dose of the drug minimizes the undesirable effects, and the recognition that the loss in effect by using only a low dose of methotrexate is overcome by the DHFR-specific compounds according to Formula (6) through Formula (12), which provide desirable therapeutic effects of DHFR inhibition without the undesirable effects of enzyme inhibition arising from polyglutamylate forms of other antifolate compounds.
- the present invention in some embodiments can be characterized as providing a method of potentiating the effectiveness of a polyglutamylatable antifolate compound (such as methotrexate) in the treatment of a condition recognized as being treatable with the polyglutamylatable antifolate compound, such as inflammation related conditions.
- the method can comprise administering the polyglutamylatable antifolate compound (such as methotrexate) in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6) through Formula (12).
- Potentiation of methotrexate efficacy in treatment of inflammation related conditions (such as rheumatoid arthritis) by combination therapy with a compound of Formula (6) through Formula (12) can be characterized by an increase in the actual therapeutic effect being measured relative to the measured therapeutic effect observed with administration of methotrexate alone.
- potentiation of methotrexate efficacy can be characterized by an increase in therapeutic effect of at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 100%.
- markers that may be illustrative of improvement in symptoms achieved according to the present invention include decreased levels of inflammatory cytokines, antibodies, citrulinated proteins, reactive T-lymphocytes (CD4 or CD8), and the like.
- the benefits of the invention further may be exemplified in relation to particular models, such as decreased swelling of affected joints, decreased immune cell infiltration, destruction of bone and/or cartilage, and pannus formation in affected joints in animal models.
- the invention encompasses a method of potentiating the effectiveness of methotrexate in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (e.g., providing a synergistic effect by the combination of the compounds), the method comprising administering methotrexate or a derivative thereof to a patient suffering from rheumatoid arthritis in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- X is CHR 8 or NR 8 ;
- Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 independently are O or S;
- V 1 and V 2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 1 and R 2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof;
- the antifolate compound particularly can be a compound according to formula (7):
- X is CHR 8 or NR 8 ;
- R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo;
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
- the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (9):
- the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (11):
- each X + independently is a salt-forming counterion.
- X + can be an alkali metal cation—e.g., sodium or potassium.
- the antifolate compound can be a crystalline salt, more particularly a racemic salt.
- the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (12):
- each X + independently is a salt-forming counterion
- the antifolate compound is in the (S) enantiomeric form.
- the antifolate compound can exhibit an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%.
- the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, disodium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
- the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, dipotassium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
- the present invention also can provide articles of manufacture for packaging, storing, and/or delivering the inventive combinations of active compounds.
- the articles of manufacture can be characterized by the ability to provide the active compounds in forms, dosages, and doses appropriate for a defined dosing regimen, as described herein.
- the article of manufacture can include a container that contains the active compounds in dosage forms suitable for use according to the present invention together with any carrier, either dried or in liquid form.
- the invention can comprise a kit including multiple dosages, each comprising one or more active compounds, the dosages being intended for administration in combination, in succession, or in other relationship, as described herein.
- the dosages could be solid forms (e.g., tablets, caplets, capsules, or the like) or liquid forms (e.g., vials), each comprising a single active compound.
- the dosage forms could be provided in blister packs, bags, or the like, for administration in combination.
- the kit can comprise a container in any conventional shape or form as known in the art, for example, a paper box, a glass or plastic bottle, or a blister pack, tray, or card with individual dosage forms being individually dispensible in single doses—e.g., such as by pressing out of the back of a blister pack or card or being individually wrapped and withdrawn from a tray according to a defined therapeutic schedule or dosing regimen, as described herein.
- the article of manufacture further can include instructions in various forms for the carrying out the method of the invention.
- the instructions may be in the form of a label on the container and/or in the form of an insert included in a box in which the container is packaged, and/or in step-by-step instructions printed directly on a blister pack, punch card, or the like.
- the instructions can also be printed on a box or other packaging in which the vial, blister pack, or the like is packaged.
- the instructions preferably can contain information such as sufficient dosage and administration information so as to allow the subject or a worker in the field to administer the combination of compounds according to the defined dosing regimen. It is anticipated that a worker in the field encompasses any doctor, nurse, technician, spouse, or other caregiver that might administer the composition.
- the combination of active compounds can also be self-administered by the subject.
- CH-4051 specifically is the compound of Formula (12), wherein both X + are potassium, and the label “MTX” refers to the compound methotrexate.
- Rat collagen arthritis is an experimental model of polyarthritis that has been widely used for preclinical testing of numerous anti-arthritic agents that are either under preclinical or clinical investigation or are currently used as therapeutics in this disease (see Trentham, D. E., et al., 1977, “Autoimmunity to type II collagen: an experimental model of arthritis”, J. Exp. Med., pp. 857-868; Bendele A. M., et al., 1999, “Animal models of arthritis: relevance to human disease”, Toxicologic Pathol., 27: pp. 134-242; and Bendele A. M., 2001, “Animal Models of Rheumatoid Arthritis”, J. Musculoskel. Interact ., pp.
- mice were as follows in Table 1, wherein “CH vehicle” means the vehicle used to deliver the compound CH-4051 without the inclusion of the active compound, and “MTX vehicle” means the vehicle used to deliver methotrexate without the inclusion of the active compound.
- CH vehicle means the vehicle used to deliver the compound CH-4051 without the inclusion of the active compound
- MTX vehicle means the vehicle used to deliver methotrexate without the inclusion of the active compound.
- QD and PO have the standard meanings in the art—i.e., “once daily” and “by mouth”, respectively.
- Rats were weighed on days 0, 3, 6, and 9-17 of the study, and caliper measurements of ankles were taken every day beginning on day 9 (or day 0 of arthritis).
- Ankle caliper measurements were made with Digitrix II micrometer (Fowler & NSK). Baseline measurements were taken using one ankle with values rounded to one-thousandth of an inch. Measurements were confirmed as clinically normal (0.260-0.264 inches) by comparison with historical values for rats based on a range of body weights. Baseline measurements were then applied to both ankles, and these values remained with the animal so long as the ankle was clinically normal with good definition of all the ankle bones and no evidence of inflammation.
- mice were anesthetized for terminal serum collection (retained), and then euthanized for tissue collection. Hind paws were transected at the level of the medial and lateral malleolus, weighed, and were placed in formalin with knees for potential microscopy. Livers, spleen, and thymus were removed, trimmed, weighed, and discarded.
- ankle and knee joints were cut in half longitudinally (ankles) or in the frontal plane (knees), processed through graded alcohols and a clearing agent, infiltrated and embedded in paraffin, sectioned, and stained with Toluidine Blue (T. blue) by Bolder BioPATH, Inc. associated personnel (HistoTox Labs, Inc.). Tissues from all animals were examined microscopically by a board certified veterinary pathologist, and observations were entered into a computer-assisted data retrieval system. Collagen arthritic ankles and knees were given scores of 0-5 for inflammation, pannus formation, and bone resorption according to the criteria provided below in Table 2 through Table 9.
- the inflammatory infiltrate in mice and rats with type II collagen arthritis consists of neutrophils and macrophages with smaller numbers of lymphocytes when the lesions are in the acute to subacute phase. Tissue edema and neutrophil exudates within the joint space are common in the acute and subacute phase. As the inflammation progresses to chronic, mononuclear inflammatory cells (monocytes and lymphocytes) predominate and fibroblast proliferation, often with deposition of metachromatic matrix, occurs in synovium and periarticular tissue. Exudate is less common in the joint space.
- Clinical data for ankle joint diameter were analyzed by determining the area under the curve (AUC).
- AUC area under the curve
- the daily measurement of ankle joints (using a caliper) for each rat were entered into a spreadsheet, and the area between the treatment days after the onset of disease to the termination day was computed. Means for each group were determined and % inhibition from arthritis controls was calculated by comparing values for treated and normal animals. Data were analyzed using a Student's t-test or Mann-Whitney U test (non-parametric). If applicable, data were analyzed again, across all groups, using a one-way analysis of variance (1-way ANOVA) or Kruskal-Wallis test (non-parametric), along with the appropriate multiple comparison post-test.
- Body weight gain was significantly increased toward normal for treated rats in the following groups as compared to vehicle treated disease controls: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (84% increase); 0.2 mg.kg MTX—Group 6 (68% increase), 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (84% increase); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (98% increase).
- Body weight gain also was significant increased for rats treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (75% increase) as compared to rats treated with 0.1 mg/kg MTX alone—Group 3. These results are illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- Daily ankle diameter measurements were significantly reduced toward normal as compared to vehicle controls for rats treated in the following groups: 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 3 (significant at day 11); 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (significant at days 10-17); 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (significant at days 10-17); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (significant at days 10-17).
- Ankle diameter AUC was significantly reduced toward normal as compared to vehicle treated disease controls for rats treated in the following groups: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (89% reduction); 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 6 (72%); 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (81%); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (100%).
- Ankle diameter AUC also was significantly reduced as compared to MTX treatment alone for rates treated in the following groups: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (85%); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (100%).
- Representative photomicrographs of ankles with the approximate mean score for each group are provided in FIG. 8 through FIG. 15 .
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides combinations of active agents, such combinations comprising one or more antifolate compounds. The particularly can include methotrexate and one or more further antifolate compounds. In specific embodiments, the combinations are useful for treating certain conditions, such as rheumatoid arthritis. The invention also provides articles useful to provide the combinations in desirable dosage forms and combinations. The combinations further may be useful in the treatment of further conditions, including abnormal cell proliferation, inflammatory diseases, asthma, and arthritis.
Description
- The present application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/420,528, filed Dec. 7, 2010, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The present application is directed to combinations of two or more active compounds. More specifically, the active agent combinations can comprise two or more specific antifolate compounds.
- Folic acid is a water-soluble B vitamin known by the systematic name N-[4(2-amino-4-hydroxy-pteridin-6-ylmethylamino)-benzoyl]-L(+)-glutamic acid and having the structure provided below in Formula (1).
- As seen in Formula (1), the folic acid structure can generally be described as being formed of a pteridine ring, a para-aminobenzoic acid moiety, and a glutamate moiety. Folic acid and its derivatives are necessary for metabolism and growth, particularly participating in the body's synthesis of thymidylate, amino acids, and purines. Derivatives of folic acid, such as naturally occurring folates, are known to have biochemical effects comparable to folic acid. Folic acid is known to be derivatized via hydrogenation, such as at the 1,4-diazine ring, or being methylated, formaldehydylated, or bridged, wherein substitution is generally at the N5 or N10 positions. Folates have been studied for efficacy in various uses including reduction in severity or incidence of birth defects, heart disease, stroke, memory loss, and age-related dementia.
- Antifolate compounds, like folates, are structurally similar to folic acid; however, antifolate compounds function to disrupt folic acid metabolism. A review of antifolates is provided by Takamoto (1996) The Oncologist, 1:68-81, which is incorporated herein by reference. One specific group of antifolates, the so-called “classical antifolates,” is characterized by the presence of a folic acid p-aminobenzoylglutamic acid side chain, or a derivative of that side chain. Another group of antifolates, the so-called “nonclassical antifolates,” are characterized by the specific absence of the p-aminobenzoylglutamic group. Because antifolates have a physiological effect that is opposite the effect of folic acid, antifolates have been shown to exhibit useful physiological functions, such as the ability to destroy cancer cells by causing apoptosis.
- Folate monoglutamylates and antifolate monoglutamylates are transported through cell membranes either in reduced form or unreduced form by carriers specific to those respective forms. Expression of these transport systems varies with cell type and cell growth conditions. After entering cells most folates, and many antifolates, are modified by polyglutamylation, wherein one glutamate residue is linked to a second glutamate residue at the a carboxy group via a peptide bond. This leads to formation of poly-L-γ-glutamylates, usually by addition of three to six glutamate residues. Enzymes that act on folates have a higher affinity for the polyglutamylated forms. Polyglutamylated folates generally exhibit a longer retention time within the cell.
- An intact folate enzyme pathway is important to maintain de novo synthesis of the building blocks of DNA, as well as many important amino acids. Antifolate targets include the various enzymes involved in folate metabolism, including (i) dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR); (ii) thymidylate synthase (TS); (iii) folylpolyglutamyl synthase; and (iv) glycinamide ribonucleotide transformylase (GARFT) and aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide transformylase (AICART).
- The reduced folate carrier (RFC), which is a transmembrane glycoprotein, plays an active role in the folate pathway transporting reduced folate into mammalian cells via the carrier mediated mechanism (as opposed to the receptor mediated mechanism). The RFC also transports antifolates, such as methotrexate. Thus, altering the ability of RFC to function can affect the ability of cells to uptake reduced folates.
- Polyglutamylated folates can function as enzyme cofactors, whereas polyglutamylated antifolates generally function as enzyme inhibitors. Moreover, interference with folate metabolism prevents de novo synthesis of DNA and some amino acids, thereby enabling antifolate selective cytotoxicity. Methotrexate, the structure of which is provided in Formula (2), is one antifolate that has shown use in treating conditions, such as cancer.
- Nair et al. (J. Med. Chem. (1991) 34:222-227), incorporated herein by reference, demonstrated that polyglutamylation of classical antifolates was not essential for anti-tumor activity and may even be undesirable in that polyglutamylation can lead to a loss of drug pharmacological activity and target specificity. This was followed by the discovery of numerous nonpolyglutamylatable classical antifolates. See Nair et al. (1998) Proc. Amer. Assoc. Cancer Research 39:431, which is incorporated herein by reference. One particular group of nonpolyglutamylatable antifolates are characterized by a methylidene group (i.e., a=CH2 substituent) at the 4-position of the glutamate moiety. The presence of this chemical group has been shown to affect biological activity of the antifolate compound. See Nair et al. (1996) Cellular Pharmacology 3:29, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Further folic acid derivatives have also been studied in the search for antifolates with increased metabolic stability allowing for smaller doses and less frequent patient administration. For example, a dideaza (i.e., quinazoline-based) analog has been shown to avoid physiological hydroxylation on the pteridine ring system. Furthermore, replacement of the secondary amine nitrogen atom with an optionally substituted carbon atom has been shown to protect neighboring bonds from physiological cleavage.
- One example of an antifolate having carbon replacement of the secondary amine nitrogen is 4-amino-4-deoxy-10-deazapteroyl-γ-methyleneglutamic acid—more commonly referred to as MDAM—the structure of which is provided in Formula (3).
- The L-enantiomer of MDAM has been shown to exhibit increased physiological activity. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,550,128, which is incorporated herein by reference. Another example of a classical antifolate designed for metabolic stability is ZD1694, which is shown in Formula (4).
- A group of antifolate compounds according to the structure shown in Formula (5) combines several of the molecular features described above, and this group of compounds is known by the names MobileTrexate, Mobile Trex, Mobiltrex, or M-Trex.
- As shown in Formula (5), this group of compounds encompasses M-Trex, wherein X can be CH2, CHCH3, CH(CH2CH3), NH, or NCH3. Further antifolate compounds are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,951,812.
- The effectiveness of antifolates arises from other factors in addition to metabolic inertness, as described above. The multiple enzymes involved in folic acid metabolism within the body present a choice of inhibition targets for antifolates. In other words, it is possible for antifolates to vary as to which enzyme(s) they inhibit. For example, some antifolates inhibit primarily dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), while other antifolates inhibit primarily thymidylate synthase (TS), glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase (GARFT), or aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide transformylase, while still other antifolates inhibit combinations of these enzymes.
- In light of the usefulness of antifolates in treating a variety of conditions, there remains a need in the art for further applications of antifolates to treatment of specific conditions, including identifying combinations of antifolates with other active agents, including other antifolates, that can provide heretofore unrecognized benefits.
- The present invention provides combinations of active compounds that can work synergistically to provide improved treatment of various conditions, particularly when administered according to defined dosing regimens. Thus, in one aspect, the invention can provide methods for treating a subject suffering from a defined condition. In particular, the inventive methods can be used to treat a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition. More particularly, the inflammation related condition may be an arthritis related condition, particularly rheumatoid arthritis.
- In certain embodiments, a method according to the invention for treating a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition can comprise administering to the subject a first compound according to a first dosing schedule and a second compound according to a second, different dosing schedule. For example, the first compound can be methotrexate or a derivative thereof, and the second compound can be an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NR8;
- Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
- V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
- In specific embodiments, the dosing schedules may be similar in scope—e.g., varying only by the time of day at which the compounds are administered. In other embodiments, the dosing schedules may have a greater variance. For example, the dosing schedule for dosing the methotrexate can comprise administering the methotrexate on a weekly basis—e.g., once per week, twice per week, three times per week, or the like. As another example, the dosing schedule for the compound of Formula (6) can comprise administering the compound on a daily schedule—e.g., at least once per day, at least twice per day, or the like. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (6), for example, could be administered on an intermittent schedule—e.g., administered for one day, two days, three days, etc. followed by one or more days where the compound is not administered. In specific embodiments, the first compound (i.e., methotrexate) and the second compound (i.e., the compound of Formula (6) through Formula (12)) are administered in amounts sufficient to provide a synergistic effect. In other words, the combination acts synergistically to provide a treatment effect that is not attributable merely to a combinatorial effect.
- While the second active compound may be characterized as being according to the structure of Formula (6), it is understood that the invention encompasses the group of compounds generally described by said structure, as well as subgroups of the structure that may be defined by further formulas disclosed herein. Thus, the invention can be described as encompassing at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12). Such would apply to not only the methods of the invention but also to various articles of manufacture provided by the invention.
- In particular embodiments, the inventive method specifically can encompass combinations comprising at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) that is in the form of a salt or a di-salt. Specifically, the invention encompasses alkali metal salts of the compounds, more specifically sodium salts, di-sodium salts, potassium salts, and di-potassium salts. In even further embodiments, the invention encompasses combinations comprising at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) that is a crystalline salt. In other embodiments, the invention specifically encompasses combinations comprising at least one compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) that is a racemic mixture of two enantiomers or that is enantiomerically purified for a specific enantiomer. For example, the compound according to any of Formula (6) through Formula (12) may exhibit an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 90%. In a specific embodiment, the invention can encompass administering combinations including an antifolate compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, disodium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%. In another specific embodiment, the invention can encompass administering combinations including an antifolate compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, dipotassium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
- In another aspect, the present invention also can provide articles of manufacture that are useful for providing a defined dosing regimen of a combination of active compounds as described herein. The articles of manufacture can be particularly beneficial for facilitating proper dosing by a subject since the active compounds can be administered on significantly different schedules or regimens. The articles of manufacture thus can provide the compounds in expressly defined amounts or numbers of doses for administration over a defined period of time such that a subject may readily determine when a dose of any compound in the combination is due for administration and thus may also readily identify whether any prescribed doses have been missed. In certain embodiments, the article of manufacture specifically may be described as a kit that provides the defined dosing regimen, preferably including appropriate instructions for proper dosing of the compounds.
- In one embodiment, a kit according to the invention can provide a defined dosing regimen of at least a first active compound and a second active compound, wherein the kit includes a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second active compounds such that the compositions are dosed in a defined regimen. For example, the defined regimen may specify administration of the active compounds in a defined ratio, such as at least two doses of the second active compound for each one dose of the first active compound. In specific embodiments, the first active compound can be methotrexate or a derivative thereof, and the second active compound may be an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NR8;
- Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
- V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the active compounds in the kit may particularly be described as being in the form of pharmaceutical composition. As more fully described herein, such pharmaceutical compositions can comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and the active compound. Thus, the kit may be described as including a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second pharmaceutical compositions such that the compositions are dosed in the defined regimen.
- The defined dosing regimen may particularly be described in relation to methotrexate being the first active compound in the first pharmaceutical composition, and the antifolate compound according to Formula (6) being the second active compound in the second pharmaceutical composition. For example, in specific embodiments, the kit can include a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second pharmaceutical compositions such that the compositions are dosed in a regimen of at least one dose per day of the second pharmaceutical composition for each one dose per week of the first pharmaceutical composition. In further embodiments, the kit can include a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second pharmaceutical compositions such that the compositions are dosed in a regimen of about 7 to about 28 doses per week of the second pharmaceutical composition and 1 to 4 doses per week of the first pharmaceutical composition.
- In certain embodiments, a kit (or other article of manufacture) according to the invention can include further components in addition to the active compounds (e.g., pharmaceutical formulations including the active compounds). For example, a kit according to the invention may comprise indicia of the defined dosing regimen instructing proper dosing of the first pharmaceutical composition and the second pharmaceutical composition.
- In specific embodiments, the dosing regimen is provided to achieve a desired effect. For example, the dosing regimen can be such that the methotrexate and the antifolate compound according to Formula (6) are provided in dosing amounts sufficient to provide a synergistic effect.
- In another aspect, the invention can be described as providing methods of potentiating the effectiveness of methotrexate in the treatment of specific conditions. As further described herein, it has been found that even in treatment of conditions where methotrexate alone may show therapeutic benefit, the effectiveness of treatment may be increased—i.e., potentiated—by combination with one or more of the antifolate compounds described herein in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12). It is believed that the additional antifolate compound, possibly arising from a more specific mode of action than methotrexate, can act synergistically with the methotrexate to provide a level of therapeutic effect that is not possible with methotrexate alone and that would not have been expected prior to the present invention. In certain embodiments, the invention specifically provides a method of potentiating the effectiveness of methotrexate in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. For example, the method can comprise administering methotrexate or a derivative thereof to a patient suffering from rheumatoid arthritis in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NR8;
- Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
- V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof. Preferably, such combination of compounds provides a synergistic effect in the desired treatment.
- Having thus described the invention in general terms, reference will now be made to the accompanying figures, which are not necessarily drawn to scale, and wherein:
-
FIG. 1 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject body weight according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination; -
FIG. 2 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle diameter according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination; -
FIG. 3 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle diameter with AUC calculation according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination; -
FIG. 4 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle histopathology scores according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination; -
FIG. 5 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject ankle histopathology scores (the sum of four individual scores) according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination; -
FIG. 6 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject knee histopathology scores according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination; -
FIG. 7 is a chart illustrating the effects of treatment on subject knee histopathology scores (the sum of four individual scores) according to specific embodiments of the invention in a 17 day rat developing type II collagen arthritis test using the compound CH-4051 alone, methotrexate alone, or CH-4051 and methotrexate in combination; -
FIG. 8 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of a normal ankle from an animal in the normal control group (Group 1), wherein the symbol “S” identifies normal synovium; -
FIG. 9 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of an ankle from a vehicle control animal (Group 2) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), moderate cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption; -
FIG. 10 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 3) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows marked inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), mild cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), minimal pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head); -
FIG. 11 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 4) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows marked inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), mild cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head); -
FIG. 12 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 5) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows only mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”); -
FIG. 13 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 6) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), minimal cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), minimal pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption; -
FIG. 14 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 7) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), minimal cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), and minimal pannus (identified by the small arrow); -
FIG. 15 is a photomicrograph at 16× magnification showing an image of an ankle from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 8) evaluated to be illustrative of the approximate mean summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the ankle is normal (the symbol “S” identifying normal synovium); -
FIG. 16 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a normal knee from an animal in the normal control group (Group 1), wherein the symbol “S” identifies normal synovium; -
FIG. 17 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a knee from a vehicle control animal (Group 2) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), moderate cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), moderate pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head); -
FIG. 18 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 3) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), mild cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head); -
FIG. 19 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 4) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows severe inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”), moderate cartilage damage (identified by the large arrow), mild pannus (identified by the small arrow), and bone resorption (identified by the arrow head); -
FIG. 20 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 5) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee is normal (the symbol “S” identifying normal synovium); -
FIG. 21 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate alone (Group 6) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”); -
FIG. 22 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 alone (Group 7) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee shows mild inflammation (identified by the symbol “S”); and -
FIG. 23 is a photomicrograph at 50× magnification showing an image of a knee from an arthritic animal treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg methotrexate (Group 8) evaluated to have the highest summed score for all animals in the group, wherein the knee is normal (the symbol “S” identifying normal synovium). - The invention now will be described more fully hereinafter through reference to various embodiments. These embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough and complete, and will fully convey the scope of the invention to those skilled in the art. Indeed, the invention may be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to the embodiments set forth herein; rather, these embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will satisfy applicable legal requirements. As used in the specification, and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, “the”, include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
- The invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising antifolate compounds. These compounds can be used in the pharmaceutical composition either directly or in the form of their pharmaceutically active esters, amides, salts, solvates, or prodrugs. In preferred embodiments, the antifolate compounds are in the form of salts, particularly alkali metal salts. The pharmaceutical compositions provide increased activity and bioavailability, even at reduced dosing of the active antifolate compounds, and the pharmaceutical compositions are useful in the treatment of a number of conditions and diseases, particularly for the treatment of abnormal cell proliferation, inflammation, arthritis, or asthma.
- The term “metabolically inert antifolate” as used herein means compounds that are (i) folic acid analogs capable of disrupting folate metabolism and (ii) non-polyglutamylatable. In certain embodiments, the term can mean compounds that are also (iii) non-hydroxylatable.
- The term “alkali metal” as used herein means Group IA elements and particularly includes sodium, lithium, and potassium; the term “alkali metal salt” as used herein means an ionic compound wherein the cation moiety of the compound comprises an alkali metal, particularly sodium, lithium, or potassium.
- The term “alkyl” as used herein means saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon groups. In particular embodiments, alkyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1-10 alkyl”). In further embodiments, alkyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1-8 alkyl”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkyl”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1-4 alkyl”). In specific embodiments, alkyl refers to methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl. Substituted alkyl refers to alkyl substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF3, 2-Br-ethyl, CH2F, CH2Cl, CH2CF3, or CF2CF3; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- The term “alkenyl” as used herein means alkyl moieties wherein at least one saturated C—C bond is replaced by a double bond. In particular embodiments, alkenyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1-10 alkenyl”). In further embodiments, alkenyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1-8 alkenyl”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkenyl”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1-4 alkenyl”). In specific embodiments, alkenyl can be vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, or 5-hexenyl. Substituted alkenyl refers to alkenyl substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF3, 2-Br-ethyl, CH2F, CH2Cl, CH2CF3, or CF2CF3; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- The term “alkynyl” as used herein means alkynyl moieties wherein at least one saturated C—C bond is replaced by a triple bond. In particular embodiments, alkynyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1-10) alkynyl”). In further embodiments, alkynyl refers to groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1-8 alkynyl”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkynyl”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1-4 alkynyl”). In specific embodiments, alkynyl can be ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, or 5-hexynyl. Substituted alkynyl refers to alkynyl substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF3, 2-Br-ethyl, CH2F, CH2Cl, CH2CF3, or CF2CF3; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- The term “alkoxy” as used herein means straight or branched chain alkyl groups linked by an oxygen atom (i.e., —O-alkyl), wherein alkyl is as described above. In particular embodiments, alkoxy refers to oxygen-linked groups comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1-10 alkoxy”). In further embodiments, alkoxy refers to oxygen-linked groups comprising 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1-8 alkoxy”), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkoxy”), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1-4 alkoxy”). Substituted alkoxy refers to alkoxy substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., Cl, F, Br, and I); halogenated alkyl (e.g., CF3, 2-Br-ethyl, CH2F, CH2Cl, CH2CF3, or CF2CF3; hydroxyl; amino; carboxylate; carboxamido; alkylamino; arylamino; alkoxy; aryloxy; nitro; azido; cyano; thio; sulfonic acid; sulfate; phosphonic acid; phosphate; and phosphonate.
- The term “halo” or “halogen” as used herein means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- The term “aryl” as used herein means a stable monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic carbon ring of up to 8 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic as defined by the Hückel 4n+2 rule. Exemplary aryl groups according to the invention include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and biphenyl. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
- The terms “aralkyl” and “arylalkyl” as used herein mean an aryl group as defined above linked to the molecule through an alkyl group as defined above.
- The terms “alkaryl” and “alkylaryl” as used herein means an alkyl group as defined above linked to the molecule through an aryl group as defined above.
- The term “acyl” as used herein means a carboxylic acid ester in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the ester group is selected from straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl or lower alkyl; alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl; aralkyl including benzyl; aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C1-C6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkoxy; sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl; monophosphate ester, di-phosphate ester, or tri-phosphate ester; trityl or monomethoxytrityl; substituted benzyl; trialkylsilyl such as dimethyl-t-butylsilyl or diphenylmethylsilyl. Aryl groups in the esters preferably comprise a phenyl group.
- The term “amino” as used herein means a moiety represented by the structure NR2, and includes primary amines, and secondary and tertiary amines substituted by alkyl (i.e., alkylamino). Thus, R2 may represent two hydrogen atoms, two alkyl moieties, or one hydrogen atom and one alkyl moiety.
- The terms “alkylamino” and “arylamino” as used herein mean an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively.
- The term “analogue” as used herein means a compound in which one or more individual atoms or functional groups have been replaced, either with a different atom or a different functional, generally giving rise to a compound with similar properties.
- The term “derivative” as used herein means a compound that is formed from a similar, beginning compound by attaching another molecule or atom to the beginning compound. Further, derivatives, according to the invention, encompass one or more compounds formed from a precursor compound through addition of one or more atoms or molecules or through combining two or more precursor compounds.
- The term “prodrug” as used herein means any compound which, when administered to a mammal, is converted in whole or in part to a compound of the invention.
- The term “active metabolite” as used herein means a physiologically active compound which results from the metabolism of a compound of the invention, or a prodrug thereof, when such compound or prodrug is administered to a mammal.
- The terms “therapeutically effective amount” or “therapeutically effective dose” as used herein are interchangeable and mean a concentration of a compound according to the invention, or a biologically active variant thereof, sufficient to elicit the desired therapeutic effect according to the methods of treatment described herein.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” as used herein means a carrier that is recognized as useful in the art to facilitate the storage, administration, and/or the healing effect of a biologically active agent.
- The term “intermittent administration” as used herein means administration of a therapeutically effective dose of a composition according to the invention, followed by a time period of discontinuance, which is then followed by another administration of a therapeutically effective dose, and so forth.
- The term “potentiate” as used herein means to increase the effectiveness of an agent in relation to a particular desired end result. The term specifically can be used to describe a synergistic effect achieved by the combination of two or more active agents wherein the combination of the active agents provides an effectiveness that exceeds the effectiveness of any of the agents alone in relation to a particular desired end result.
- The term “antiproliferative agent” as used herein means a compound that decreases the hyperproliferation of cells.
- The term “abnormal cell proliferation” as used herein means a disease or condition characterized by the inappropriate growth or multiplication of one or more cell types relative to the growth of that cell type or types in an individual not suffering from that disease or condition.
- The term “cancer” as used herein means a disease or condition characterized by uncontrolled, abnormal growth of cells, which can spread locally or through the bloodstream and lymphatic system to other parts of the body. The term includes tumor-forming or non-tumor forming cancers, and includes various types of cancers, such as primary tumors and tumor metastasis.
- The tend “tumor” as used herein means an abnormal mass of cells within a multicellular organism that results from excessive cell division that is uncontrolled and progressive, also called a neoplasm. A tumor may either be benign or malignant.
- The term “fibrotic disorders” as used herein means fibrosis and other medical complications of fibrosis which result in whole or in part from the proliferation of fibroblasts.
- The term “arthritis” as used herein means an inflammatory disorder affecting joints that can be infective, autoimmune, or traumatic in origin.
- Chemical nomenclature using the symbols “D” and “L” or “R” and “S” are understood to relate the absolute configuration, or three-dimensional arrangement, of atoms or groups around a chiral element, which may be a center, usually an atom, an axis, or a plane. As used herein, the “D/L” system and the “R/S” systems are meant to be used interchangeably such that “D” in the former system corresponds to “R” in the later system and “L” in the former system corresponds to “S” in the later system.
- The present invention arises from a specific recognition that combinations of antifolate compounds can surprisingly provide beneficial effects exceeding the effectiveness of the agents when used alone. In particular, it is believed that because of different mechanisms of action of different antifolate compounds, the combination of two or more antifolate compounds acting by two or more different mechanisms can result in a synergistic effect that would not necessarily be expected. Although mechanisms of action of different types of antifolate compounds have been previously described, it has not been previously recognized that combining different antifolate compounds with different mechanisms of action could actually potentiate the effectiveness of one or more of the compounds in its treatment of specific conditions. In some embodiments, the combination can be made such that the active agents are provided in a defined dosing regimen, and such defined dosing regimens are further described herein. In certain embodiments, the combinations are such that the active compounds are provided in separate dosing forms to facilitate the defined dosing regimen. Further description of the administration of the compounds in relation to dosing regimens, dosing forms, dosing amounts, and the like is provided herein.
- In specific embodiments, at least one active agent (or active compound) used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (6),
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NR8;
- Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
- V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; as well as pharmaceutically acceptable esters, amides, salts, solvates, enantiomers, and prodrugs thereof.
- In another embodiment, at least one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (7)
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NRB;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; as well as pharmaceutically acceptable esters, amides, salts, solvates, enantiomers, and prodrugs thereof.
- In yet another embodiment, at least one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (8)
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NRB;
- Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
- V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R8 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl as well as pharmaceutically acceptable esters, amides, salts, solvates, enantiomers, and prodrugs thereof.
- In particular embodiments, at least one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises an antifolate compound having the structure provided in Formula (9).
- This compound may particularly be known by the name 2-{4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino}-4-methylene-pentanedioic acid. The compound may also be known as
5,8,10-trideaza aminopterin or 5,8-dideaza MDAM. The antifolate compound of Formula (9) is non-polyglutamylatable, non-hydroxylatable, and capable of disrupting folate metabolism.gamma methylene glutamate - Biologically active variants of the various compounds described herein are also encompassed by the invention. Such variants should retain the general biological activity of the original compounds; however, the presence of additional activities would not necessarily limit the use thereof in the present invention. Such activity may be evaluated using standard testing methods and bioassays recognizable by the skilled artisan in the field as generally being useful for identifying such activity.
- According to some embodiments of the invention, suitable biologically active variants comprise one or more analogues or derivatives of the compounds described herein. Indeed, a single compound useful according to the invention may give rise to an entire family of analogues or derivatives having similar activity and, therefore, usefulness according to the present invention. Likewise, a single compound useful according to the invention may represent a single family member of a greater class of compounds useful according to the present invention. Accordingly, the present invention fully encompasses not only the compounds described herein, but analogues and derivatives of such compounds, particularly those identifiable by methods commonly known in the art and recognizable to the skilled artisan.
- The compounds disclosed herein may contain chiral centers, which may be either of the (R) or (S) configuration, or may comprise a mixture thereof. Accordingly, the present invention also includes stereoisomers of the compounds described herein, where applicable, either individually or admixed in any proportions. Stereoisomers may include, but are not limited to, enantiomers, diastereomers, racemic mixtures, and combinations thereof. Such stereoisomers can be prepared and separated using conventional techniques, either by reacting enantiomeric starting materials, or by separating isomers of compounds of the present invention. Isomers may include geometric isomers. Examples of geometric isomers include, but are not limited to, cis isomers or trans isomers across a double bond. Other isomers are contemplated among the compounds of the present invention. The isomers may be used either in pure form or in admixture with other isomers of the present compounds.
- The compound of Formula (9), for example, is a chiral compound, the chiral center being indicated with an asterisk. Accordingly, the antifolate compound of Formula (9) can exist as two separate enantiomers—either the (R) enantiomer or the (S) enantiomer. Typically, the antifolate compound of Formula (9) exists as a racemic mixture of the two enantiomers.
- Various methods are known in the art for preparing optically active forms and determining activity. Such methods include standard tests described herein and other similar tests which are well known in the art. Examples of methods that can be used to obtain optical isomers of the compounds useful according to the present invention include the following:
- i) physical separation of crystals whereby macroscopic crystals of the individual enantiomers are manually separated. This technique may particularly be used when crystals of the separate enantiomers exist (i.e., the material is a conglomerate), and the crystals are visually distinct;
- ii) simultaneous crystallization whereby the individual enantiomers are separately crystallized from a solution of the racemate, possible only if the latter is a conglomerate in the solid state;
- iii) enzymatic resolutions whereby partial or complete separation of a racemate by virtue of differing rates of reaction for the enantiomers with an enzyme;
- iv) enzymatic asymmetric synthesis, a synthetic technique whereby at least one step of the synthesis uses an enzymatic reaction to obtain an enantiomerically pure or enriched synthetic precursor of the desired enantiomer;
- v) chemical asymmetric synthesis whereby the desired enantiomer is synthesized from an achiral precursor under conditions that produce asymmetry (i.e., chirality) in the product, which may be achieved using chiral catalysts or chiral auxiliaries;
- vi) diastereomer separations whereby a racemic compound is reacted with an enantiomerically pure reagent (the chiral auxiliary) that converts the individual enantiomers to diastereomers. The resulting diastereomers are then separated by chromatography or crystallization by virtue of their now more distinct structural differences and the chiral auxiliary later removed to obtain the desired enantiomer;
- vii) first- and second-order asymmetric transformations whereby diastereomers from the racemate equilibrate to yield a preponderance in solution of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer or where preferential crystallization of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer perturbs the equilibrium such that eventually in principle all the material is converted to the crystalline diastereomer from the desired enantiomer. The desired enantiomer is then released from the diastereomers;
- viii) kinetic resolutions comprising partial or complete resolution of a racemate (or of a further resolution of a partially resolved compound) by virtue of unequal reaction rates of the enantiomers with a chiral, non-racemic reagent or catalyst under kinetic conditions;
- ix) enantiospecific synthesis from non-racemic precursors whereby the desired enantiomer is obtained from non-chiral starting materials and where the stereochemical integrity is not or is only minimally compromised over the course of the synthesis;
- x) chiral liquid chromatography whereby the enantiomers of a racemate are separated in a liquid mobile phase by virtue of their differing interactions with a stationary phase. The stationary phase can be made of chiral material or the mobile phase can contain an additional chiral material to provoke the differing interactions;
- xi) chiral gas chromatography whereby the racemate is volatilized and enantiomers are separated by virtue of their differing interactions in the gaseous mobile phase with a column containing a fixed non-racemic chiral adsorbent phase;
- xii) extraction with chiral solvents whereby the enantiomers are separated by virtue of preferential dissolution of one enantiomer into a particular chiral solvent; and
- xiii) transport across chiral membranes whereby a racemate is placed in contact with a thin membrane barrier. The barrier typically separates two miscible fluids, one containing the racemate, and a driving force such as concentration or pressure differential causes preferential transport across the membrane barrier. Separation occurs as a result of the non-racemic chiral nature of the membrane which allows only one enantiomer of the racemate to pass through.
- In one embodiment, an active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises the antifolate compound (S)-2-{4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino}-4-methylene-pentanedioic acid, which is shown in Formula (10). The compound of Formula (10) is the (S) enantiomer of the compound shown in Formula (9). The (S) enantiomer can be particularly useful in the combinations of the invention in light of its increased activity in comparison to the (R) enantiomer.
- The antifolate compounds used in the inventive combinations optionally may be provided in an enantiomerically enriched form, such as a mixture of enantiomers in which one enantiomer is present in excess (given as a mole fraction or a weight fraction). Enantiomeric excess is understood to exist where a chemical substance comprises two enantiomers of the same compound and one enantiomer is present in a greater amount than the other enantiomer. Unlike racemic mixtures, these mixtures will show a net optical rotation. With knowledge of the specific rotation of the mixture and the specific rotation of the pure enantiomer, the enantiomeric excess (abbreviated “ee”) can be determined by known methods. Direct determination of the quantities of each enantiomer present in the mixture (e.g., as a weight %) is possible with NMR spectroscopy and chiral column chromatography.
- For example, in one embodiment, the combinations of the invention can comprise a compound according to Formula (9), wherein the (S) enantiomer, as shown in Formula (10), is present in an enantiomeric excess. Thus, the compound of Formula (9) can be referred to as being in an optically purified form in relation to the (S) enantiomer. Likewise, the combinations comprising an enantiomeric excess of the (S) enantiomer can be referred to as having a specific enantiomeric purity.
- The use of the term “entantiomerically pure” or “enantiomeric purity” should not be construed as limiting the combinations of the invention to compounds that are 100% pure for the specific enantiomeric. Rather, the terms are understood as indicating that the racemic mix (i.e., 50/50 mixture of the enantiomers) has been purified such that one enantiomer comprises greater than 50% of the total amount of the compound present. In other words, the antifolate compounds used in the combinations of the invention can be enantiomerically pure for the (S) enantiomer such that greater than 50% of the compound present in the composition is the (S) enantiomer. In specific embodiments, the combinations of the invention can comprise an antifolate compound described herein having an enantiomeric purity for one enantiomer, such as the (S) enantiomer, of at least about 75%. In other words, at least about 75% of the antifolate compound is in the desired enantiomeric form. In further embodiments, the antifolate compounds described herein used in the inventive combinations can have an enantiomeric purity for the desired enantiomer of at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, at least about 99.5%, at least about 99.6%, at least about 99.7%, or at least about 99.8%.
- The compounds described herein for use in the inventive combinations can, in certain embodiments, be in the form of an ester, amide, salt, solvate, prodrug, or metabolite provided they maintain pharmacological activity according to the present invention. Esters, amides, salts, solvates, prodrugs, and other derivatives of the compounds of the present invention may be prepared according to methods generally known in the art, such as, for example, those methods described by J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4th Ed. (New York: Wiley-Interscience, 1992), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful according to the invention include acid addition salts. Salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable acids, however, may be useful, for example, in the preparation and purification of the compounds. Suitable acid addition salts according to the present invention include organic and inorganic acids. Preferred salts include those formed from hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, citric, tartaric, lactic, pyruvic, acetic, succinic, fumaric, maleic, oxaloacetic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, benzesulfonic, and isethionic acids. Other useful acid addition salts include propionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Particular example of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, monohydrogenphosphates, dihydrogenphosphates, metaphosphates, pyrophosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, acetates, propionates, decanoates, caprylates, acrylates, formates, isobutyrates, caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates, malonates, succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, butyne-1,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6-dioates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates, methylbenzoates, dinitrobenzoates, hydroxybenzoates, methoxyenzoates, phthalates, sulfonates, xylenesulfonates, phenylacetates, phenylpropionates, phenylbutyrates, citrates, lactates, γ-hydroxybutyrates, glycolates, tartrates, methanesulfonates, propanesulfonates, naphthalene-1-sulfonates, naphthalene-2-sulfonates, and mandelates. An acid addition salt may be reconverted to the free base by treatment with a suitable base.
- If a compound of the invention is an acid, the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method known to the art, including treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide or the like. Illustrative examples of suitable salts include organic salts derived from amino acids such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and inorganic salts derived from sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium.
- If a compound useful according to the invention is a base, the desired salt may be prepared by any suitable method known to the art, including treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, pyranosidyl acids such as glucuronic acid and galacturonic acid, alpha-hydroxy acids such as citric acid and tartaric acid, amino acids such as aspartic acid and glutamic acid, aromatic acids such as benzoic acid and cinnamic acid, sulfonic acids such a p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, or the like.
- Esters of the compounds according to the present invention may be prepared through functionalization of hydroxyl and/or carboxyl groups that may be present within the molecular structure of the compound. Amides and prodrugs may also be prepared using techniques known to those skilled in the art. For example, amides may be prepared from esters, using suitable amine reactants, or they may be prepared from anhydride or an acid chloride by reaction with ammonia or a lower alkyl amine. Moreover, esters and amides of compounds of the invention can be made by reaction with a carbonylating agent (e.g., ethyl formate, acetic anhydride, methoxyacetyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, methyl isocyanate, ethyl chloroformate, methanesulfonyl chloride) and a suitable base (e.g., 4-dimethylaminopyridine, pyridine, triethylamine, potassium carbonate) in a suitable organic solvent (e.g., tetrahydrofuran, acetone, methanol, pyridine, N,N-dimethylformamide) at a temperature of 0° C. to 60° C. Prodrugs are typically prepared by covalent attachment of a moiety, which results in a compound that is therapeutically inactive until modified by an individual's metabolic system. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include, but are not limited to, compounds according to the invention in combination with water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamine.
- In particular embodiments, an antifolate compound used in the inventive combinations can comprise a salt of the antifolate compounds described above. In specific embodiments, the inventive combinations can comprise a salt compound according to Formula (11).
- In Formula (11), the asterisk again denotes a chiral center, X′ can be any suitable salt-forming counterion, and each X+ can be the same or different. In specific embodiments, X+ is an alkali metal. In one preferred embodiment, X+ is a sodium cation. In another preferred embodiment, X+ is a potassium cation. In a specific embodiment, one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises a disodium salt according to Formula (11). In still another specific embodiment, one active agent used in the combinations of the invention comprises a dipotassium salt according to Formula (11). Of course, it is understood that other cationic moieties could be used as X+ in the compound of Formula (11). Moreover, the invention also encompasses salt forms according to Formula (11) that can be enantiomerically pure for the (R) enantiomer, enantiomerically pure for the (S) enantiomer, or in a racemic form. Such enantiomeric purity can be as previously described above. For example, in one embodiment, a compound useful in the inventive combinations can be a disodium salt or a dipotassium salt of 2-{4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino}-4-methylene-pentanedioic acid that is enantiomerically purified for the (S) enantiomer, as described above. Accordingly, the combinations can comprise a compound according to Formula (12), which is a salt of (S)-2-{4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]-benzoylamino}-4-methylene-pentanedioic acid, and wherein X+ is as defined above in relation to Formula (11). Preferably, the compound is at least 95% pure for the (S) enantiomer, more preferably at least 97% pure, still more preferably at least 98% pure, even more preferably at least 99% pure, and most preferably at least 99.5% pure for the (S) enantiomer.
- In the case of solid compositions, it is understood that the compounds used in the combinations of the invention may exist in different forms. For example, the compounds may exist in stable and metastable crystalline forms and isotropic and amorphous forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention. Crystalline and amorphous forms of the inventive compounds can be characterized by the unique X-ray powder diffraction pattern (i.e., interplanar spacing peaks expressed in Angstroms) of the material. Equipment useful for measuring such data is known in the art, such as a Shimadzu XRD-6000 X-ray diffractometer, and any such equipment can be used to measure the compounds according to the present invention.
- In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (12) may be referenced in relation to the label “CH-4051.” This term relates to di-salts of the enantiomerically purified compound, and may specifically relate to the dipotassium salt or the disodium salt. Again, the term CH-4051 may refer to the compounds in one or more the possible forms discussed above.
- The active compounds of the present invention may comprise prodrugs and/or active metabolites of the antifolate compounds described herein. Any of the compounds described herein can be administered as a prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailability, or stability of the compound or to otherwise alter the properties of the compound. Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, and/or dephosphorylated to produce the active compound. In preferred embodiments, the compounds of this invention possess anti-proliferative activity against abnormally proliferating cells and/or anti-inflammatory activity, particularly anti-rheumatic activity, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits one or more of such activities.
- A number of prodrug ligands are known. In general, alkylation, acylation, or other lipophilic modification of one or more heteroatoms of the compound, such as a free amine or carboxylic acid residue, reduces polarity and allows passage into cells. Examples of substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogen atoms on the free amine and/or carboxylic acid moiety include, but are not limited to, the following: aryl; steroids; carbohydrates (including sugars); 1,2-diacylglycerol; alcohols; acyl (including lower acyl); alkyl (including lower alkyl); sulfonate ester (including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, such as methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as provided in the definition of an aryl given herein); optionally substituted arylsulfonyl; lipids (including phospholipids); phosphotidylcholine; phosphocholine; amino acid residues or derivatives; amino acid acyl residues or derivatives; peptides; cholesterols; or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving groups which, when administered in vivo, provide the free amine and/or carboxylic acid moiety. Any of these can be used in combination with the disclosed compounds to achieve a desired effect.
- Various processes for synthesizing antifolate compounds are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,996,207, U.S. Pat. No. 5,550,128, Abraham et al. (1991) J. Med. Chem. 34:222-227, and Rosowsky et al. (1991) J. Med. Chem. 34:203-208, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. As one example of a method of synthesis, the compound according to Formula (12) can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme I, shown below.
- According to
Reaction Scheme 1,6-nitro-m-toluic acid is converted to intermediate compound I-01 via reaction with a carboxylate activator, such as isobutyl chloroformate, and triethylamine. Compound I-01 is then converted to the cyanate form (I-02), such as by reacting with phosphorus oxychloride in dimethylformamide. Instep 3, compound I-02 is reacted with 4-methoxycarbonyl-benzaldehyde in a suitable solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, in the presence of a nucleophilic organocatalyst, such as 1,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine to form compound I-03. This compound is then hydrogenated in the presence of a suitable catalyst, such as carbon-supported palladium, preferably in a suitable solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, to form compound I-04. Instep 5, the fused ring compound I-05 is formed by reacting compound I-04 (in a solution of sulfolane) with chloroformamidine hydrochloride. Compound I-05 is converted to the carboxylic acid compound I-06 (4-[2-(-2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoic acid), such as by refluxing in a base and organic solvent, evaporating the solvent, and acidifying the remaining material. Instep 7, compound I-06 is reacted with (S)-2-amino-4-methylene-pentanedioc acid dimethyl ester hydrochloride, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl carbodiimide hydrochloride, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in a suitable solvent, such as dimethylformamide, in the presence of a hindered base, such as N,N′-diisopropylethylamine. This reaction results in formation of compound I-07 in the desired enantiomeric foam (i.e., the (S) enantiomer). Preferably, the remaining reaction steps are carried out in a manner to preserve this stereochemistry. Instep 8, (S)-2-{4-[2-(2,4-diamino-quinazolin-6-yl)-ethyl]benzoylamino}-4-methylene-pentanedioic acid dimethyl ester (compound I-07) is reacted with a base in a suitable solvent, such as acetonitrile to form the corresponding dioic acid of compound I-08. Instep 9, the salt compound I-09 is formed by forming a solution using an appropriate solvent, such as methanol, and adding an appropriate base providing the desired cation, such as sodium hydroxide. The salt compound can then be precipitated by conventional means. In one embodiment, the foregoing method can be used to prepare a compound according to Formula (12) as a disodium salt or dipotassium salt having an enantiomeric purity of 99.8% for the (S) enantiomer. Specific compounds that may be encompassed by the Formula (6) through Formula (12) and that may be useful according to the invention are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,251, U.S. Pat. No. 7,829,708, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0253719, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2009/0253720, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0112126, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0124650, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0237609, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. - In certain embodiments, the active agent combinations of the present invention particularly can comprise the compound methotrexate, or a derivative thereof, in combination with one or more antifolate compounds described above in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12). In other embodiments, the active agent combinations can comprise methotrexate, or a derivative thereof, in combination with one or more antifolate compounds described above in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12) and one or more further compounds known to have therapeutic properties. Exemplary further compounds may be toxicity-reducing compounds (e.g., folic acid or leucovorin), anti-inflammatory compounds, anti-arthritic compounds, antibiotics, antifungals, or antiviral agents.
- It has particularly been found according to the present invention that the combinations described herein can be effective when delivered to a subject according to a defined dosing regimen. In certain embodiments, the combination of active agents provided according to the present invention are provided such that a first active compound is provided according to a first dosing schedule and at least a second active compound is provided according to a second dosing schedule. Preferably, the first and second dosing schedules differ in one or more of the timing of administration of each of the active compounds, the total number of doses of each active agent administered over a defined time frame (e.g., total number of doses per day, total number of doses per week, total number of doses per month, or total number of doses administered during a customized time frame, such as a defined number of days), or the absolute number of doses administered in a defined treatment interval. In some embodiments, the difference in the dosing schedules may be defined in terms of a ratio of the number of doses of one active compound to the number of doses of another active compound. Such ratio would be understood to cover a sufficient period of administration (e.g., number of days, weeks, or months) such that the value would be mathematically relevant.
- The provision of the combination of active agents in the defined dosing regimen can be related to methods of treatment as well as methods of manufacture, such as kits and the like. For example, in some embodiments, the invention can comprise methods of treating a subject by administering a combination of at least two active compounds as described herein. A first active compound can be administered according to a first dosing schedule, and a second compound can be administered according to a second, different dosing schedule. Even further active compounds can be administered, and such compounds could be administered according to one of the aforementioned dosing schedules or according to one or more different dosing schedules. The dosing schedules used in the methods of treatment may comprise daily dosing of at least one of the active compounds administered in the dosing regimen. For example, an active compound may be administered once daily, twice daily, three times daily, or even four times daily, as necessary to achieve a desired treatment effect and/or to accommodate specific pharmacokinetic properties of the active compound and/or effects of the administration specific to a certain subject. The dosing schedules used in the methods of treatment further may comprise weekly dosing of at least one of the active compounds administered in the dosing regimen. For example, an active compound may be administered once weekly, twice weekly, three times weekly, or even four times weekly. Of course, it is understood that when multiple weekly doses are administered, the multiple doses are administered on different days. Similarly, a dosing schedule could comprise administration of a dose once every specific number of days (e.g., one dose every other day, one dose every third day, one dose every fourth day, one dose every fifth day, or one dose every sixth day). Dosing of one or more of the active compounds can be according to an intermittent administration schedule, as otherwise described herein. In such embodiments, it is preferable that the compound being dosed intermittently be administered for at least two consecutive days followed by the prescribed time of discontinuance prior to continuing administration.
- In further embodiments, the invention can comprise methods of manufacture, such as kits, that provide a sufficient number of doses of each of the active compounds provided by the combination such that the active compounds (which may be provided in the form of different pharmaceutical formulations) are dosed in the defined regimen. Such articles of manufacture may be formed such that the active compounds may be provided in a sufficient number of dosages to meet any of the dosing schedules described herein (e.g., daily dosing schedule, weekly dosing schedules, or other customized dosing schedules). In certain embodiments, the articles of manufacture particularly may provide the active compounds in a defined number of dosages of each active compound (e.g., individual dosages of the active compounds, such as in the form of pharmaceutical formulations) such that the dosages of the active compounds are in a defined ratio. For example, a kit according to the invention could include a sufficient number of dosages of a first phaiinaceutical composition including a first active compound and a second pharmaceutical composition including a second active compound such that the compositions are dosed in a regimen of at least “X” number of doses of the first composition for each “Y” number of doses of the second composition. In specific embodiments (e.g., where two active compounds are provided in two different pharmaceutical compositions), a kit could provide a sufficient number of each composition such that they can be dosed in a regimen of at least 2:1 (i.e., at least two doses of one composition per single dose of the other composition), at least 3:1, at least 4:1, at least 5:1, at least 6:1, at least 7:1, at least 8:1, at least 9:1, at least 10:1, at least 11:1, at least 12:1, at least 13:1, at least 14:1, at least 15:1, at least 16:1, at least 17:1, at least 18:1, at least 19:1, at least 20:1, at least 21:1, at least 22:1, at least 23:1, at least 24:1, at least 25:1, at least 26:1, at least 27:1, at least 28:1, at least 29:1, or at least 30:1. For example, in the above ratios, the composition provided for the higher dosing regimen of the combination may relate to an antifolate compound described herein in relation to Formula (6) through Formula (12), and the composition provided for the lower dosing regimen of the combination may relate to methotrexate. If more than two compositions with more than two active compounds are provided, the ratio can be expanded to accommodate the further active compounds and the specific ratios in which the dosages are provided (e.g., and “A” to “B” to “C” ratio where three active compounds are provided, such as in three different pharmaceutical compositions).
- Such ratio of dosages can encompass dosing regimens wherein one active compound is administered on a different time basis than another active compound (e.g., one compound administered daily and the other compound administered weekly). For example, dosages could be provided in an amount sufficient such that they are dosed in a regimen of at least one dose per day of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) for each one dose per week of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition). Any combination of doses could be provided to provide one dose per day to about four doses per day of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) for each one dose per week to about 4 doses per week of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition). Such values could be easily adjusted such that the dosages for each compound (or pharmaceutical composition) are both identified on a daily basis, a weekly basis, or even a monthly basis.
- The ratios also can encompass absolute values. For example, a kit according to the invention could comprise a sufficient number of doses of each active compound provided in the combination to accommodate any of the embodiments provided herein, and the number of doses could be allocated on a specific time basis. For example, the article of manufacture could provide a sufficient number of dosages to provide a dosing regimen that covers a single week. In such embodiments, the article of manufacture could comprise about seven to about 28 doses of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) and one to about four doses of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition). The article of manufacture similarly could provide a sufficient number of dosages to provide a dosing regimen that covers a single month. In such embodiments, the article of manufacture could comprise about 30 to about 120 doses of one active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition) and one to about 16 doses of another active compound (or its pharmaceutical composition). Even further dosing regimens can be envisioned in relation to the specific examples provided herein and the further description provided herein in relation to specific embodiments of active compound combinations, and all such dosing regimens are understood to be encompassed by the present invention.
- As noted above, active compounds of the present invention may be provided in pharmaceutical compositions. Further, the combined active compounds can be prepared and delivered in a variety of forms. For example, a single composition containing all of the active ingredients may be provided. In specific embodiments, the active agents are provided in multiple compositions comprising separate active ingredients but intended to be administered in a defined dosing regimen, as further described herein.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared to deliver one or more active agents described herein together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers therefore, and optionally, other therapeutic ingredients. Carriers should be acceptable in that they are compatible with any other ingredients of the composition and not harmful to the recipient thereof. A carrier may also reduce any undesirable side effects of the agent. Non-limiting examples of carriers that could be used according to the invention are described by Wang et al. (1980) J. Parent. Drug Assn. 34(6):452-462, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- The combinations of the invention preferably provide an active agent as described herein in a therapeutically effective amount, as further described below. In certain embodiments, the amount of the active agent can be based on the overall weight of a composition in which it is provided. For example, in certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition can comprise an active agent as described herein in an amount of about 0.01 mg/g to about 100 mg/g. In further embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition can comprise an active agent as described herein in an amount of about 0.02 mg/g to about 80 mg/g, about 0.05 mg/g to about 75 mg/g, about 0.08 mg/g to about 50 mg/g, about 0.1 mg/g to about 30 mg/g, about 0.25 mg/g to about 25 mg/g, or about 0.5 mg/g to about 20 mg/g. The amount of drug can also be referenced to a unit dose (e.g., the amount of drug in a single capsule or tablet). The content of the active agent can be referenced to the content of a salt form or other form of the compound used in the composition. In other embodiments, even when a specific form is used, the amount of the active agent can be referenced to the content of the basic compound form (e.g., a free acid form) that is present.
- Compositions useful according to the invention may include short-term, rapid-onset, rapid-offset, controlled release, sustained release, delayed release, and pulsatile release compositions, providing the compositions achieve administration of a compound as described herein. See Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (18th ed.; Mack Publishing Company, Eaton, Pa., 1990), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention are suitable for various modes of delivery, including oral, parenteral (including intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intracardiac, subcutaneous, intraorbital, intracapsular, intraspinal, intrastemal, and transdermal), topical (including dermal, buccal, and sublingual), pulmonary, vaginal, urethral, and rectal administration. Administration can also be via nasal spray, surgical implant, internal surgical paint, infusion pump, or via catheter, stent, balloon or other delivery device. The most useful and/or beneficial mode of administration can vary, especially depending upon the condition of the recipient and the disorder being treated. In preferred embodiments, the compositions of the present invention are provided in an oral dosage form, as more fully described below.
- The pharmaceutical compositions may be conveniently made available in a unit dosage form, whereby such compositions may be prepared by any of the methods generally known in the pharmaceutical arts. Generally speaking, such methods of preparation comprise combining (by various methods) the active compounds of the invention with a suitable carrier or other adjuvant, which may consist of one or more ingredients. The combination of the active ingredients with the one or more adjuvants is then physically treated to present the composition in a suitable form for delivery (e.g., shaping into a tablet or forming an aqueous suspension).
- Adjuvants or accessory ingredients, in addition to those discussed above, for use in the compositions of the present invention can include any pharmaceutical ingredient commonly deemed acceptable in the art, such as binders, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, diluents, surfactants, stabilizers, preservatives, flavoring and coloring agents, and the like. Binders are generally used to facilitate cohesiveness of the tablet and ensure the tablet remains intact after compression. Suitable binders include, but are not limited to: starch, polysaccharides, gelatin, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, waxes, and natural and synthetic gums. Acceptable fillers include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, alumina, talc, kaolin, powdered cellulose, and microcrystalline cellulose, as well as soluble materials, such as mannitol, urea, sucrose, lactose, dextrose, sodium chloride, and sorbitol. Lubricants are useful for facilitating tablet manufacture and include vegetable oils, glycerin, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, and stearic acid. Disintegrants, which are useful for facilitating disintegration of the tablet, generally include starches, clays, celluloses, algins, gums, and crosslinked polymers. Diluents, which are generally included to provide bulk to the tablet, may include dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, and powdered sugar. Surfactants suitable for use in the composition according to the present invention may be anionic, cationic, amphoteric, or nonionic surface active agents. Stabilizers may be included in the compositions to inhibit or lessen reactions leading to decomposition of the active agents, such as oxidative reactions.
- Delivery of a therapeutically effective amount of each of the active agents used in the inventive combinations may be obtained via administration of a therapeutically effective dose of each active agent. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount is an amount effective to treat an inflammation related condition. In more specific embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount is an amount effective to treat an arthritic condition. In yet further embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount is an amount effective to treat rheumatoid arthritis.
- The active compounds are provided in the combinations in amounts sufficient to deliver to a patient a therapeutic amount of the compounds in vivo in the absence of serious toxic effects. The concentrations of the active compounds in the combinations will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values also can vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens may be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the invention.
- A therapeutically effective amount according to the invention can be determined based on the bodyweight of the recipient. For example, in one embodiment, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range of about 0.1 μg/kg of body weight to about 5 mg/kg of body weight per day. Alternatively, a therapeutically effective amount can be described in terms of a fixed dose. Therefore, in another embodiment, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds of the invention is in the range of about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg per dose. Of course, it is understood that such an amount could be divided into a number of smaller dosages administered throughout the day. The effective dosage range of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs can be calculated based on the weight of the parent compound to be delivered. If a salt or prodrug exhibits activity in itself, the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the salt or prodrug, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
- In some embodiments, an effective amount of methotrexate according to the present invention can be characterized in relation to total amount administered on a weekly basis. For example, an effective amount of methotrexate can be at least about 0.1 mg/week, at least about 0.5 mg/week, at least about 1 mg/week, at least about 2 mg/week, at least about 5 mg/week, at least about 10 mg/week, at least about 15 mg/week, at least about 20 mg/week, or at least about 25 mg/week. In further embodiments, an effective amount of methotrexate can be about 1 to about 50 mg/week, about 2 to about 40 mg/week, about 3 to about 35 mg/week, about 4 to about 30 mg/week, or about 5 to about 25 mg/week, about 5 to about 20 mg/week, or about 5 to about 15 mg/week. This amount can be provided as a single dose (i.e., one dose per week) or can be divided into multiple doses as otherwise described herein (e.g., two, three, four, five, or six doses per week). In some embodiments, dosing of methotrexate may be referred to as low dose administration, and such terminology can refer to the significantly reduced dosing of methotrexate required in the combination of the present invention in relation to dosing of methotrexate alone. In some embodiments, low dose methotrexate administration can refer to dosing in an amount of less than about 100 mg/week, less than about 90 mg/week, less than about 80 mg/week, less than about 70 mg/week, less than about 60 mg/week, or less than about 50 mg/week. Of course, it is understood that such ranges require some minimum amount of methotrexate being administered. Such low dose administration of methotrexate can particularly be achieved in light of the combination with the further antifolate compounds described herein. Thus, as otherwise described herein, a synergistic effect may be realized such that excellent effects can be achieved by using a lower dose of methotrexate than would be expected to achieve the same therapeutic effect.
- In certain embodiments, an effective amount of an antifolate compound according to the present invention [e.g., a compound according to any one of Formulas (6) through (12)] can be characterized in relation to total amount administered on a daily basis. For example, an effective amount of such compounds can be at least about 0.01 mg/day, at least about 0.05 mg/day, at least about 0.1 mg/day, at least about 0.2 mg/day, or at least about 0.3 mg/day. In further embodiments, an effective amount of such compounds can be about 0.05 to about 20 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 15 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 10 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 8 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 7 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 5 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 4 mg/day, about 0.1 to about 3 mg/day, about 0.2 to about 3 mg/day, about 0.25 to about 2 mg/day, or about 0.3 to about 1 mg/day. Doses in the lower ends of the noted ranges may be used when the compounds are administered on a daily basis with no periods of discontinued use. In embodiments where intermittent administration may be used, doses in the higher ends of the noted ranges may be used. For example, if the compounds were given with one, two, three, or even more days off in between dosings, the dosing on days of administration may be in the range of about 5 to about 20 mg/day, about 5 to about 15 mg/day, about 5 to about 12 mg/day, or about 5 to about 10 mg/day.
- It is contemplated that the combinations of the invention will be administered in therapeutically effective amounts to a mammal, preferably a human. An effective dose of a compound for treatment of any of the conditions or diseases described herein can be readily determined by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. The effective amount of the combinations would be expected to vary according to the weight, sex, age, and medical history of the subject. Of course, other factors could also influence the effective amount of the combination to be delivered, including, but not limited to, the specific disease involved, the degree of involvement or the severity of the disease, the response of the individual patient, the particular compound administered, the mode of administration, the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered, the dosing regimen selected, and the use of concomitant medication. The compound is preferentially administered for a sufficient time period to alleviate the undesired symptoms and the clinical signs associated with the condition being treated. Methods to determine efficacy and dosage are known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Isselbacher et al. (1996) Harrison's Principles of
Internal Medicine 13 ed., 1814-1882, herein incorporated by reference. - In certain embodiments, the present invention particularly provides methods for treating a subject suffering from specific conditions. In particular, the inventive combinations may be used in methods for treating a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition—i.e., diseases characterized by inflammation. Diseases and conditions which have significant inflammatory components are ubiquitous and include, for example, skin disorders, bowel disorders, certain degenerative neurological disorders, arthritis, autoimmune diseases and a variety of other illnesses. Some of these diseases have both an inflammatory and proliferative component. Thus, the invention can be particularly beneficial in that the combination of compounds can provide anti-inflammatory and anti-proliferative activity. In particular embodiments the inventive combinations of compounds can be used to treat conditions such as arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis), inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD), Crohn's disease (CD), ulcerative colitis (UC), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), sarcoidosis, psoriasis, allergic disorders, skin disorders, transplant rejection, poststreptococcal and autoimmune renal failure, septic shock, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), envenomation, lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemias, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, and rheumatic fever, pelvic inflammatory disease (PID), conjunctivitis, dermatitis, and bronchitis.
- The combinations of the invention particularly can be useful in the treatment of arthritis related conditions. More than 40 million Americans suffer from arthritis in its various forms, including over 100 kinds of rheumatic diseases (i.e., diseases affecting joints, muscle, and connective tissue, which makes up or supports various structures of the body, including tendons, cartilage, blood vessels, and internal organs). Representative types of arthritis include rheumatoid (such as soft-tissue rheumatism and non-articular rheumatism), fibromyalgia, fibrositis, muscular rheumatism, myofascil pain, humeral epicondylitis, frozen shoulder, Tietze's syndrome, fascitis, tendinitis, tenosynovitis, bursitis, juvenile chronic, spondyloarthropaties (ankylosing spondylitis), osteoarthritis, hyperuricemia and arthritis associated with acute gout, chronic gout, and systemic lupus erythematosus.
- In specific embodiments, the inventive combinations are particularly useful in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, which is an autoimmune disease that can affect the whole body, causing weakness, fatigue, loss of appetite, and muscle pain. Typically, the age of onset is much earlier than osteoarthritis, between
ages 20 and 50. Inflammation begins in the synovial lining and can spread to the entire joint. - In certain embodiments, the invention can provide method methods for treating a subject suffering from an inflammation related condition. Specifically, the methods can comprise administering a polyglutamylatable antifolate compound (such as methotrexate) in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6) through Formula (12). In preferred embodiments, the compounds can be administered in specific dosing schedules, as described herein.
- As described in the experimental section below, the inventive combinations of the invention, particularly the combination of methotrexate and any of the antifolate compounds according to Formula (6) through Formula (12), can be especially useful in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Although not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the inventive combination are particularly useful (and may even be described as acting synergistically) because the combination of compounds can work through different mechanisms. For example, the compounds of Formula (6) through Formula (12) are non-polyglutamylatable and thus can function as a pure DHFR inhibitor (as described below), while methotrexate works through inactivation of alternate enzymes following polyglutamylation. Specifically, methotrexate acts on multiple enzymes, including aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide (AICAR), thymidylate synthetase (TS), dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), and glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase (GARFT).
- Aminoimidazole carboxamide ribonucleotide is an intermediate in the generation of inosine monophosphate, which acts as an AMP-activated protein kinase agonist. It stimulates glucose uptake and increases the activity of p38 mitogen-activated protein kinases α and β in skeletal muscle tissue, as well as suppressing apoptosis by reducing production of reactive oxygen compounds inside the cell
- Thymidylate synthase is a rate-limiting enzyme in pyrimidine de novo deoxynucleotide biosynthesis and is therefore often a target for chemotherapeutic strategies. In DNA synthesis, TS plays a central role in reductive methylation of deoxyuridine-5′-monophosphate (dUMP) to deoxythymidine-5′-monophosphate (dTMP). Thus, TS inhibition leads directly to depletion of dTMP and subsequently of 2′-deoxythymidine-5′-triphosphate (dTTP), an essential precursor for DNA. This indirectly results in an accumulation of 2′-deoxyuridine-5′-triphosphate (dUTP) and, therefore, leads to so-called “thymine-less death” due to misincorporation of dUTP into DNA and subsequent excision catalyzed by uracil-DNA glycosylase, which causes DNA damage. Both this DNA damage and the noted imbalance in dTTP/dUTP can induce downstream events, leading to apoptosis (cell death).
- Dihydrofolate reductase catalyzes the NADPH-dependent reduction of 7,8-dihydrofolate (DHF or H2F) to 5,6,7,8-tetrahydrofolate (THF or H4F). Thus, DHFR is necessary for maintaining intracellular levels of THF, an essential cofactor in the synthetic pathway of purines, thymidylate, and several amino acids.
- Glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase (GARFT) is a folate-dependent enzyme in the de novo purine biosynthesis pathway critical to cell division and proliferation. Specifically, GARFT catalyzes the formation of purines from the reaction of 10-formyltetrahydrofolate (10-FTHF) to THF. Inhibition of GARFT results in a depletion in intracellular purine levels, which in turn inhibits DNA and RNA synthesis. Ultimately, disruption of DNA and RNA synthesis by GARFT inhibition results in cell death. The antiproliferative effect associated with GARFT inhibition makes it a particularly desirable target for anti-tumor drugs.
- Methotrexate can be transported into cells by mechanisms such as the reduced folate carrier system and the membrane folate binding protein transport system. Once in the cell, methotrexate is converted to polyglutamylate forms by folyl polyglutamate synthase. The polyglutamylate forms are retained in cells and are inhibitors of enzymes, such as noted above. Polyglutamylation is a time- and concentration-dependent process that occurs in tumor cells and, to a lesser extent, in normal tissues. Polyglutamylated metabolites have an increased intracellular half-life resulting in prolonged drug action.
- Methotrexate can be a highly useful drug in light of its broad action against multiple enzymes. Conversely, it can be undesirable in some cases to administer the compound, particularly in high doses. For example, inhibition of TS and GARFT is strongly related to cell death, thus the desirability of using TS and GARFT inhibitors as anti-tumor drugs. However, the ability of drugs, such as methotrexate, to induce apoptosis increases the toxicity of the drug (i.e., death of healthy cells as well as tumor cells).
- The function of compounds, such as methotrexate, as inhibitors of TS and GARFT arises from the polyglutamylation of the compound inside the cell. Accordingly, compounds that are non-polyglutamylatable would not be expected to function as a TS inhibitor or a GARFT inhibitor. However, inhibition of polyglutamylation does not generally affect the ability of a compound to function as a DHFR inhibitor. For example, the compound pemetrexed (which is polyglutamylatable) has been shown to have equivalent DHFR inhibition in comparison to the polyglutamate forms of pemetrexed.
- The compounds of Formula (6) through Formula (12) comprise a 4-methylidene group in the glutamate moiety of the compounds. Such may also be referred to as a gamma methylene glutamate moiety. The presence of the methylene group makes the antifolate compounds non-polyglutamylatable. Accordingly, the compounds of Formula (6) through Formula (12) are specific for DHFR inhibition (i.e., do not inhibit TS or GARFT due to the absence of polyglutamylation inside cells). Such specificity is desirable to provide for more specific treatments while avoiding or reducing toxicity and minimizing side-effects more commonly associated with compounds, such as pemetrexed, which act on additional enzymes, such as TS and GARFT.
- It has been found according to the present invention that administration of methotrexate in relatively low doses can be effective in treating inflammation related conditions, such as rheumatoid arthritis, while minimizing any undesirable side effects of the drug, as described above. The effectiveness of low dose methotrexate therapy, however, is surprisingly increased by combining the drug with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6) through Formula (12). This surprising result is believed to arise from the recognition that methotrexate treatment provides beneficial effects from the multiple enzyme inhibiting activity of the polyglutamylate form of the compound, while the low dose of the drug minimizes the undesirable effects, and the recognition that the loss in effect by using only a low dose of methotrexate is overcome by the DHFR-specific compounds according to Formula (6) through Formula (12), which provide desirable therapeutic effects of DHFR inhibition without the undesirable effects of enzyme inhibition arising from polyglutamylate forms of other antifolate compounds.
- In light of the synergistic effects of the active compound combinations, the present invention in some embodiments can be characterized as providing a method of potentiating the effectiveness of a polyglutamylatable antifolate compound (such as methotrexate) in the treatment of a condition recognized as being treatable with the polyglutamylatable antifolate compound, such as inflammation related conditions. Specifically, the method can comprise administering the polyglutamylatable antifolate compound (such as methotrexate) in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6) through Formula (12).
- Potentiation of methotrexate efficacy in treatment of inflammation related conditions (such as rheumatoid arthritis) by combination therapy with a compound of Formula (6) through Formula (12) (i.e., the synergistic effect of the combination) can be characterized by an increase in the actual therapeutic effect being measured relative to the measured therapeutic effect observed with administration of methotrexate alone. In specific embodiments, potentiation of methotrexate efficacy can be characterized by an increase in therapeutic effect of at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 100%. Of course, it is understood that when the therapeutic effect corresponds to a decrease in a measurable marker or a decrease in the severity of a specific symptom, the above-noted percentages would likewise correlate to the described decrease in the measurable marker or the decrease in the severity of the specific symptom. Non-limiting examples of markers that may be illustrative of improvement in symptoms achieved according to the present invention include decreased levels of inflammatory cytokines, antibodies, citrulinated proteins, reactive T-lymphocytes (CD4 or CD8), and the like. The benefits of the invention further may be exemplified in relation to particular models, such as decreased swelling of affected joints, decreased immune cell infiltration, destruction of bone and/or cartilage, and pannus formation in affected joints in animal models.
- In light of the foregoing, it can be seen that the invention encompasses a method of potentiating the effectiveness of methotrexate in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (e.g., providing a synergistic effect by the combination of the compounds), the method comprising administering methotrexate or a derivative thereof to a patient suffering from rheumatoid arthritis in combination with an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NR8;
- Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
- V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
- Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof;
- wherein the effectiveness of the treatment is improved in relation to treatment with methotrexate alone.
- In certain embodiments, the antifolate compound particularly can be a compound according to formula (7):
- wherein:
- X is CHR8 or NR8;
- R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
- R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof. In specific embodiments, the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (9):
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof. Still further, the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (11):
- or an enantiomer thereof, wherein each X+ independently is a salt-forming counterion. In such embodiments, X+ can be an alkali metal cation—e.g., sodium or potassium. Preferably, the antifolate compound can be a crystalline salt, more particularly a racemic salt. In some embodiments, the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (12):
- wherein each X+ independently is a salt-forming counterion, and wherein the antifolate compound is in the (S) enantiomeric form. Specifically, the antifolate compound can exhibit an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%. In one embodiment, the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, disodium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%. Further, the antifolate compound can be a compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, dipotassium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
- In addition to the above-described methods, the present invention also can provide articles of manufacture for packaging, storing, and/or delivering the inventive combinations of active compounds. Particularly, the articles of manufacture can be characterized by the ability to provide the active compounds in forms, dosages, and doses appropriate for a defined dosing regimen, as described herein. The article of manufacture can include a container that contains the active compounds in dosage forms suitable for use according to the present invention together with any carrier, either dried or in liquid form. For example, the invention can comprise a kit including multiple dosages, each comprising one or more active compounds, the dosages being intended for administration in combination, in succession, or in other relationship, as described herein. The dosages could be solid forms (e.g., tablets, caplets, capsules, or the like) or liquid forms (e.g., vials), each comprising a single active compound. The dosage forms could be provided in blister packs, bags, or the like, for administration in combination. The kit can comprise a container in any conventional shape or form as known in the art, for example, a paper box, a glass or plastic bottle, or a blister pack, tray, or card with individual dosage forms being individually dispensible in single doses—e.g., such as by pressing out of the back of a blister pack or card or being individually wrapped and withdrawn from a tray according to a defined therapeutic schedule or dosing regimen, as described herein.
- The article of manufacture further can include instructions in various forms for the carrying out the method of the invention. For example, the instructions may be in the form of a label on the container and/or in the form of an insert included in a box in which the container is packaged, and/or in step-by-step instructions printed directly on a blister pack, punch card, or the like. The instructions can also be printed on a box or other packaging in which the vial, blister pack, or the like is packaged. The instructions preferably can contain information such as sufficient dosage and administration information so as to allow the subject or a worker in the field to administer the combination of compounds according to the defined dosing regimen. It is anticipated that a worker in the field encompasses any doctor, nurse, technician, spouse, or other caregiver that might administer the composition. The combination of active compounds can also be self-administered by the subject.
- The present invention will now be described with specific reference to the following example, which is not intended to be limiting of the invention and is rather provided to show exemplary embodiments. In the specific testing described below, the term “CH-4051” specifically is the compound of Formula (12), wherein both X+ are potassium, and the label “MTX” refers to the compound methotrexate.
- Rat collagen arthritis is an experimental model of polyarthritis that has been widely used for preclinical testing of numerous anti-arthritic agents that are either under preclinical or clinical investigation or are currently used as therapeutics in this disease (see Trentham, D. E., et al., 1977, “Autoimmunity to type II collagen: an experimental model of arthritis”, J. Exp. Med., pp. 857-868; Bendele A. M., et al., 1999, “Animal models of arthritis: relevance to human disease”, Toxicologic Pathol., 27: pp. 134-242; and Bendele A. M., 2001, “Animal Models of Rheumatoid Arthritis”, J. Musculoskel. Interact., pp. 377-385, all of which are incorporated herein by reference). The hallmarks of this model are: reliable onset and progression of robust, easily measurable, polyarticular inflammation; marked cartilage destruction in association with pannus formation; and mild to moderate bone resorption and periosteal bone proliferation. Therapeutic agents that inhibit interleukin-1 (IL-1) production or activity are especially active in this test system, but other types of anti-inflammatory agents have good to excellent activity.
- Testing described below was carried out to determine the effects of CH-4051 and methotrexate, alone and in combination, for inhibition of the inflammation (e.g., paw swelling), cartilage destruction, and bone resorption that occurs in developing type II collagen arthritis in rats. Female Lewis rats (n=74) weighing 140-161 grams (mean approximate weight=148 g) on
day 0 of the study were obtained from Charles River Laboratories, Inc., Wilmington, Mass. Animals were identified by a distinct number delineating group and animal number. After randomization, all cages were labeled with protocol number, group number, and animal number with appropriate color-coding. - Animals were anesthetized with Isoflurane and received subcutaneous/intradermal (SC/ID) injections with 300 μl of Freund's Incomplete Adjuvant (Difco, Detroit, Mich.) containing 2 mg/ml bovine type II collagen (Elastin Products, Owensville, Mo.) at the base of the tail and two sites on the back on
days 0 and 6. Dosing was initiated onday 0 of the study (prior to boosting procedures) and continued daily (QD at 24 hour intervals) throughday 16. Animals were terminated onday 17. The experimental groups were as follows in Table 1, wherein “CH vehicle” means the vehicle used to deliver the compound CH-4051 without the inclusion of the active compound, and “MTX vehicle” means the vehicle used to deliver methotrexate without the inclusion of the active compound. The terms “QD” and “PO” have the standard meanings in the art—i.e., “once daily” and “by mouth”, respectively. -
TABLE 1 Group N Treatment (5 ml/kg QD PO dosing, days 0-16) 1 4 Normal controls, CH vehicle daily, MTX vehicle 2X/week 2 10 Arthritis + CH vehicle daily, MTX vehicle 2X/ week 3 10 Arthritis + CH vehicle daily, MTX 0.1 mg/kg 2X/week 4 10 Arthritis + CH-4051 daily 2.5 mg/kg, MTX vehicle 2X/ week 5 10 Arthritis + CH-4051 daily 2.5 mg/kg, MTX 0.1 mg/kg 2X/week 6 10 Arthritis + CH vehicle daily, MTX 0.2 mg/kg 2X/ week 7 10 Arthritis + CH-4051 daily 5 mg/kg, MTX vehicle 2X/ week 8 10 Arthritis + CH-4051 daily 5 mg/kg, MTX 0.2 mg.kg 2X/week - Rats were weighed on
0, 3, 6, and 9-17 of the study, and caliper measurements of ankles were taken every day beginning on day 9 (ordays day 0 of arthritis). Ankle caliper measurements were made with Digitrix II micrometer (Fowler & NSK). Baseline measurements were taken using one ankle with values rounded to one-thousandth of an inch. Measurements were confirmed as clinically normal (0.260-0.264 inches) by comparison with historical values for rats based on a range of body weights. Baseline measurements were then applied to both ankles, and these values remained with the animal so long as the ankle was clinically normal with good definition of all the ankle bones and no evidence of inflammation. - After final body weight measurement on
day 17, animals were anesthetized for terminal serum collection (retained), and then euthanized for tissue collection. Hind paws were transected at the level of the medial and lateral malleolus, weighed, and were placed in formalin with knees for potential microscopy. Livers, spleen, and thymus were removed, trimmed, weighed, and discarded. - Preserved and decalcified (5% formic acid) ankle and knee joints were cut in half longitudinally (ankles) or in the frontal plane (knees), processed through graded alcohols and a clearing agent, infiltrated and embedded in paraffin, sectioned, and stained with Toluidine Blue (T. blue) by Bolder BioPATH, Inc. associated personnel (HistoTox Labs, Inc.). Tissues from all animals were examined microscopically by a board certified veterinary pathologist, and observations were entered into a computer-assisted data retrieval system. Collagen arthritic ankles and knees were given scores of 0-5 for inflammation, pannus formation, and bone resorption according to the criteria provided below in Table 2 through Table 9.
-
TABLE 2 Score Knee and Ankle Inflammation 0 Normal 1 Minimal infiltration of inflammatory cells in synovium/periarticular tissue 2 Mild infiltration 3 Moderate infiltration with moderate edema 4 Marked infiltration with marked edema 5 Severe infiltration with severe edema -
TABLE 3 Score Ankle Pannus 0 Normal 1 Minimal infiltration of pannus in cartilage and subchondral bone, primarily affects marginal zones 2 Mild infiltration (<¼ of tibia or tarsals at marginal zones) 3 Moderate infiltration (¼ to ⅓ of tibia or small tarsals affected at marginal zones) 4 Marked infiltration (½ to ¾ of tibia or tarsals affected at marginal zones) 5 Severe infiltration (>¾ of tibia or tarsals affected at marginal zones, severe distortion of overall architecture) -
TABLE 4 Score Knee Pannus 0 Normal 1 Minimal infiltration of pannus in cartilage and subchondral bone, approximately 1-10% of cartilage surface or subchondral bone affected 2 Mild infiltration (extends over up to ¼ of surface or subchondral area of tibia or femur), approximately 11-25% of cartilage surface or subchondral bone affected 3 Moderate infiltration (extends over >¼ but less than ½ of surface or subchondral area of tibia or femur), approximately 26-50% of cartilage surface or subchondral bone affected 4 Marked infiltration (extends over ½ to ¾ of tibial or femoral surface), approximately 51-75% of cartilage surface or subchondral bone affected 5 Severe infiltration, approximately 76-100% of cartilage surface or subchondral bone affected -
TABLE 5 Score Ankle Cartilage Damage (emphasis on small tarsals) 0 Normal 1 Minimal to mild loss of toluidine blue staining with no obvious chondrocyte loss or collagen disruption 2 Mild loss of toluidine blue staining with focal mild (superficial) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption 3 Moderate loss of toluidine blue staining with multifocal moderate (depth to middle zone) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption, smaller tarsals affected to ½ to ¾ depth with rare areas of full thickness loss 4 Marked loss of toluidine blue staining with multifocal marked (depth to deep zone) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption, 1 or 2 small tarsal surfaces have full thickness loss of cartilage 5 Severe diffuse loss of toluidine blue staining with multifocal severe (depth to tide mark) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption affecting more than 2 cartilage surfaces -
TABLE 6 Score Knee Cartilage Damage 0 Normal 1 Minimal to mild loss of toluidine blue staining with no obvious chondrocyte loss or collagen disruption 2 Mild loss of toluidine blue staining with focal mild (superficial) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption, may have few small areas of 50% depth of cartilage affected 3 Moderate loss of toluidine blue staining with multifocal moderate (depth to middle zone) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption, small areas of full thickness loss affecting less than ¼ of the total width of a surface and not more than 25% of the total width of all surfaces 4 Marked loss of toluidine blue staining with multifocal marked (depth to deep zone) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption or 1 surface with near total loss and partial loss on others, total overall loss less than 50% of width of all surfaces combined 5 Severe diffuse loss of toluidine blue staining with multifocal severe (depth to tide mark) chondrocyte loss and/or collagen disruption on both femurs and/or tibias, total overall loss greater than 50% of width of all surfaces combined -
TABLE 7 Score Ankle Bone Resorption 0 Normal 1 Minimal - small areas of resorption, not readily apparent on low magnification, rare osteoclasts 2 Mild - more numerous areas of resorption, not readily apparent on low magnification, osteoclasts more numerous, <1/4 of tibia or tarsals at marginal zones resorbed 3 Moderate - obvious resorption of medullary trabecular and cortical bone without full thickness defects in cortex, loss of some medullary trabeculae, lesion apparent on low magnification, osteoclasts more numerous, ¼ to ⅓ of tibia or tarsals affected at marginal zones 4 Marked - full thickness defects in cortical bone, often with distortion of profile of remaining cortical surface, marked loss of medullary bone, numerous osteoclasts, ½ to ¾ of tibia or tarsals affected at marginal zones 5 Severe - Full thickness defects in cortical bone, often with distortion of profile of remaining cortical surface, marked loss of medullary bone, numerous osteoclasts, >3/4 of tibia or tarsals affected at marginal zones, severe distortion of overall architecture -
TABLE 8 Score Knee Bone Resorption 0 Normal 1 Minimal - small areas of resorption, not readily apparent on low magnification, approximately 1-10% of total joint width of subchondral bone affected 2 Mile - more numerous areas of resorption, definite loss of subchondral bone, approximately 11-25% of total joint width of subchondral bone affected 3 Moderate - obvious resorption of subchondral bone, approximately 26-50% of total joint width of subchondral bone affected 4 Marked - obvious resorption of subchondral bone, approximately 51-75% of total joint width of subchondral bone affected 5 Severe - distortion of entire joint due to destruction, approximately 76-100% of total joint width of subchondral bone affected -
TABLE 9 Score Periarticular Matrix Deposition 0 Normal 1 Faint, multi-focal metachromatic staining, no excessive expansion of periarticular tissue 2 Darker, diffuse metachromatic staining, no excessive expansion of periarticular tissue 3 Darker, diffuse metachromatic staining, mild expansion of periarticular tissue 4 Darker, diffuse metachromatic staining, moderate expansion of periarticular tissue 5 Darker, diffuse metachromatic staining, severe expansion of periarticular tissue - The inflammatory infiltrate in mice and rats with type II collagen arthritis consists of neutrophils and macrophages with smaller numbers of lymphocytes when the lesions are in the acute to subacute phase. Tissue edema and neutrophil exudates within the joint space are common in the acute and subacute phase. As the inflammation progresses to chronic, mononuclear inflammatory cells (monocytes and lymphocytes) predominate and fibroblast proliferation, often with deposition of metachromatic matrix, occurs in synovium and periarticular tissue. Exudate is less common in the joint space.
- Clinical data for ankle joint diameter were analyzed by determining the area under the curve (AUC). For calculation of AUC, the daily measurement of ankle joints (using a caliper) for each rat were entered into a spreadsheet, and the area between the treatment days after the onset of disease to the termination day was computed. Means for each group were determined and % inhibition from arthritis controls was calculated by comparing values for treated and normal animals. Data were analyzed using a Student's t-test or Mann-Whitney U test (non-parametric). If applicable, data were analyzed again, across all groups, using a one-way analysis of variance (1-way ANOVA) or Kruskal-Wallis test (non-parametric), along with the appropriate multiple comparison post-test. ANOVA was performed using Prism 5.0c software (GraphPad Software, Inc.). Significance for all tests was set at p≦0.05. Percent inhibition was calculated using the following formula: % Change=B/A×100, wherein A is the mean normal (mean disease control), and B is the mean treated (mean disease control). The results of the testing are described below in relation to the various, referenced figures. In all cases, n=4 for Normal Controls, and n=10 for the treatment group.
- Body weight gain was significantly increased toward normal for treated rats in the following groups as compared to vehicle treated disease controls: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (84% increase); 0.2 mg.kg MTX—Group 6 (68% increase), 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (84% increase); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (98% increase). Body weight gain also was significant increased for rats treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (75% increase) as compared to rats treated with 0.1 mg/kg MTX alone—
Group 3. These results are illustrated inFIG. 1 . - Daily ankle diameter measurements were significantly reduced toward normal as compared to vehicle controls for rats treated in the following groups: 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 3 (significant at day 11); 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (significant at days 10-17); 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (significant at days 10-17); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (significant at days 10-17). When compared to treatment with MTX alone, daily ankle measurements were also significantly reduced for rats treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (significant at days 10-17) and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (significant at days 15-17). These results are illustrated in
FIG. 2 . InFIG. 2 , the data line forGroup 1 andGroup 8 overlap. - Ankle diameter AUC was significantly reduced toward normal as compared to vehicle treated disease controls for rats treated in the following groups: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (89% reduction); 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 6 (72%); 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (81%); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (100%). Ankle diameter AUC also was significantly reduced as compared to MTX treatment alone for rates treated in the following groups: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (85%); and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (100%). These results are illustrated in
FIG. 3 . - Nine of 10 vehicle treated disease control rats had severe synovitis and periarticular inflammation in at least one and usually both ankle joints with none to moderate pannus and bone resorption, as well as none to marked cartilage damage. All ankle histopathology parameters were significantly reduced toward normal as compared to vehicle treated disease controls for rats treated in the following groups: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (81% reduction of summed scores); 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 6 (59% reduction of summed scores); 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (75% reduction of summed scores), and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (100% reduction of summed scores). All ankle histopathology parameters also were significantly reduced as compare to MTX treatment alone for rats treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (76% reduction of summed scores). Rats treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.3 mg/kg MTX—
Group 8—had significantly reduced ankle inflammation (100% reduction), pannus (100% reduction), and summed scores (100% reduction) as compared to MTX treatment alone. These results are illustrated inFIG. 4 andFIG. 5 . - Seven of 10 vehicle treated disease control animals had marked to severe synovitis and periarticular inflammation in at least one knee joint with none to moderate pannus formation, bone resorption, and cartilage damage. All knee histopathology parameters were significantly reduced as compared to vehicle treated disease controls for rates treated in the following groups: 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (100% reduction of summed scores); 5 mg/kg CH-4051—Group 7 (92% reduction of summed scores), and 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 8 (100% reduction of summed scores). Rats treated with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—Group 6—had significantly reduced knee pannus (91% reduction), cartilage damage (91% reduction), and bone resorption (95% reduction) as compared to vehicle controls. All knee histopathology parameters also were significantly reduced as compared to MTX treatment alone for rats treated with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.1 mg/kg MTX—Group 5 (100% reduction). Two of 10 rats treated with 5 mg/kg CH-4051 in combination with 0.2 mg/kg MTX—
Group 8—had minimal to mild bone marrow hypocellularity. These results are illustrated inFIG. 6 andFIG. 7 . - Representative photomicrographs of ankles with the approximate mean score for each group are provided in
FIG. 8 throughFIG. 15 . Representative photomicrographs of knees with the highest score/most severe lesions for each group as provided inFIG. 16 throughFIG. 23 . - The results of the above-described study demonstrate that treatment with 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 (daily doses) or 0.1 mg/kg MTX (dosed 2 times per week) had only minimal, non-significant effects on developing arthritis parameters. Treatment with the combination of 2.5 mg/kg CH-4051 (daily doses) and 0.1 mg/kg MTX (dosed 2 times per week) (i.e., Group 5), however, provided synergistic effects resulting in statistically significant benefit on all parameters. Rats given this combination treatment were clinically normal with the exception of a few joints with minor swelling. Treatment with CH-4051 alone or MTX alone at higher doses (i.e., 5 mg/kg CH-4051 per day or 0.2 mg/kg MTX twice weekly) resulted in good inhibition of all arthritis parameters; however, the combination treatment at these higher doses (i.e., Group 8) provided complete elimination of all disease symptoms. Overall, the above-described test results indicate that low doses of CH-4051 and MTX result in synergistic effects in treating developing type II collagen arthritis in rats.
- Many modifications and other embodiments of the inventions set forth herein will come to mind to one skilled in the art to which these inventions pertain having the benefit of the teachings presented in the foregoing descriptions. Therefore, it is to be understood that the inventions are not to be limited to the specific embodiments disclosed and that modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims. Although specific terms are employed herein, they are used in a generic and descriptive sense only and not for purposes of limitation.
Claims (24)
1-46. (canceled)
47. A method for treating a subject suffering from a skin disorder, the method comprising administering to the subject a first compound according to a first dosing schedule and a second compound according to a second, different dosing schedule, wherein the first compound is methotrexate or a derivative thereof and the second compound is an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
wherein:
X is CHR3 or NR8;
Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
48. The method of claim 47 , wherein the first dosing schedule comprises administering the first compound once or twice per week.
49. The method of claim 47 , wherein the second dosing schedule comprises administering the second compound at least once per day.
50. The method of claim 47 , wherein the second compound is an antifolate compound according to formula (7):
wherein:
X is CHR8 or NR8;
R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof.
53. The method of claim 52 , wherein X+ is an alkali metal cation.
54. The method of claim 53 , wherein X+ is sodium or potassium.
55. The method of claim 52 , wherein the antifolate compound is a crystalline salt.
56. The method of claim 52 , wherein the antifolate compound is a racemic salt.
58. The method of claim 57 , wherein the antifolate compound exhibits an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 95%.
59. The method of claim 57 , wherein the second compound is an antifolate compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, disodium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
60. The method of claim 57 , wherein the second compound is an antifolate compound according to Formula (12) that is a crystalline, dipotassium salt in the (S) enantiomeric form exhibiting an enantiomeric purity for the (S) enantiomer of at least about 99%.
61. The method of claim 47 , wherein the skin disorder is an inflammatory skin disorder.
62. The method of claim 47 , wherein the skin disorder is a hyperproliferative skin disorder.
63. The method of claim 47 , wherein the skin disorder is psoriasis
64. The method of claim 47 , wherein the skin disorder is dermatitis.
65. A kit providing a defined dosing regimen of at least a first pharmaceutical composition and a second pharmaceutical composition, the first pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and methotrexate or a derivative thereof, and the second pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an antifolate compound according to Formula (6):
wherein:
X is CHR8 or NR3;
Y1, Y2, and Y3 independently are O or S;
V1 and V2 independently are O, S, or NZ;
Z is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
R1 and R2 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or alkaryl;
R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, or halo; and
R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 independently are H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, acyl, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)-alkenyl, or —C(O)-alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable ester, amide, salt, solvate, enantiomer, or prodrug thereof;
wherein the kit includes a sufficient number of doses of each of the first and second pharmaceutical compositions such that the compositions are dosed in a regimen of at least two doses of the second pharmaceutical composition for each one dose of the first pharmaceutical composition.
68. The kit of claim 67 , wherein X+ is an alkali metal cation.
69. The kit of claim 65 , further comprising indicia of the defined dosing regimen instructing proper dosing of the first pharmaceutical composition and the second pharmaceutical composition.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/152,100 US20140142109A1 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2014-01-10 | Antifolate combinations |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US42052810P | 2010-12-07 | 2010-12-07 | |
| US13/313,116 US8658652B2 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2011-12-07 | Antifolate combinations |
| US14/152,100 US20140142109A1 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2014-01-10 | Antifolate combinations |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/313,116 Continuation US8658652B2 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2011-12-07 | Antifolate combinations |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20140142109A1 true US20140142109A1 (en) | 2014-05-22 |
Family
ID=45464090
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/313,116 Expired - Fee Related US8658652B2 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2011-12-07 | Antifolate combinations |
| US14/152,100 Abandoned US20140142109A1 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2014-01-10 | Antifolate combinations |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/313,116 Expired - Fee Related US8658652B2 (en) | 2010-12-07 | 2011-12-07 | Antifolate combinations |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US8658652B2 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2012078708A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (19)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8658652B2 (en) * | 2010-12-07 | 2014-02-25 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Antifolate combinations |
| CN121177507A (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2025-12-23 | L.E.A.F.控股集团公司 | α- and γ-D polyglutamylated antifolic acid agents and their uses |
| US20180236098A1 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2018-08-23 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Alpha and gamma-d polyglutamated antifolates and uses thereof |
| EP3749314A4 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2022-02-23 | L.E.A.F Holdings Group LLC | METHOTREXATE ALPHA-POLYGLUTAMATE AND ASSOCIATED USES |
| US11779584B2 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2023-10-10 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Alpha polyglutamated pemetrexed and uses thereof |
| EP3749311A4 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2022-07-06 | L.E.A.F Holdings Group LLC | GAMMA POLYGLUTAMATED PEMETREXED AND USES THEREOF |
| EP3749313A4 (en) * | 2018-02-07 | 2022-03-16 | L.E.A.F Holdings Group LLC | ALPHA-POLYGLUTAMATED ANTIFOLATES AND USES THEREOF |
| WO2019157121A1 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Alpha polyglutamated lometrexol and uses thereof |
| US12220431B2 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2025-02-11 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Gamma polyglutamated antifolates and uses thereof |
| WO2019157129A1 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Alpha polyglutamated pralatrexate and uses thereof |
| CA3090506A1 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Alpha polyglutamated tetrahydrofolates and uses thereof |
| WO2019157140A1 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Gamma polyglutamated raltitrexed and uses thereof |
| WO2019157133A1 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Alpha polyglutamated raltitrexed and uses thereof |
| WO2019157123A1 (en) | 2018-02-07 | 2019-08-15 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Alpha polyglutamated aminopterin and uses thereof |
| WO2019160733A1 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2019-08-22 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Gamma polyglutamated methotrexate and uses thereof |
| CA3090875A1 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2019-08-22 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Gamma polyglutamated lometrexol and uses thereof |
| US12048767B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2024-07-30 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Gamma polyglutamated pralatrexate and uses thereof |
| US12350271B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2025-07-08 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Gamma polyglutamated aminopterin and uses thereof |
| US12048766B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2024-07-30 | L.E.A.F. Holdings Group Llc | Gamma polyglutamated tetrahydrofolates and uses thereof |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7829708B2 (en) * | 2004-09-08 | 2010-11-09 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Metabolically inert antifolates for treating disorders of abnormal cellular proliferation and inflammation |
| US8658652B2 (en) * | 2010-12-07 | 2014-02-25 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Antifolate combinations |
Family Cites Families (31)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB8607683D0 (en) | 1986-03-27 | 1986-04-30 | Ici Plc | Anti-tumor agents |
| US4818753A (en) | 1987-09-18 | 1989-04-04 | Sri International | Synthesis and method of use for 2, 4 diaminoquinazoline |
| JP2830008B2 (en) | 1988-04-01 | 1998-12-02 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Condensed pyrimidine derivative |
| NO169490C (en) | 1988-03-24 | 1992-07-01 | Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd | ANALOGY PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTIC ACTIVE PYRROLOPYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES |
| US5028608A (en) | 1989-12-11 | 1991-07-02 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | N-(6-Amino-(pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidin-3-ylacyl) )-glutamic acid derivatives |
| US5248775A (en) | 1989-12-11 | 1993-09-28 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidines |
| KR0162654B1 (en) | 1989-12-11 | 1998-11-16 | 알렌 제이. 시니스갤리 | N-[pyrrolo (2, 3-d) pyrimidin-3yl acryl]-glutamic acid derivatives |
| US5073554A (en) | 1990-01-18 | 1991-12-17 | Nair Madhavan G | Two non-polyglutamatable antifolates |
| US4996207A (en) | 1990-01-18 | 1991-02-26 | Nair Madhavan G | Three new non-polyglutamatable deazaaminopterins |
| US5508281A (en) | 1991-04-08 | 1996-04-16 | Duquesne University Of The Holy Ghost | Derivatives of pyrido [2,3-d] and [3,2-d] pyrimidine and methods of using these derivatives |
| AU3276793A (en) | 1991-12-20 | 1993-07-28 | Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antifolate quinazolines |
| IL108630A0 (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1994-05-30 | Fmc Corp | Insecticidal substituted 2,4-diaminoquinazolines |
| US5550128A (en) | 1994-09-09 | 1996-08-27 | Nair; Madhavan G. | Enantiomers of gamma methylene 10-deaza aminopterin and process for preparing the same |
| US5593999A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-01-14 | Nair; Madhavan G. | Non-classical folate analogue inhibitors of glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase (GARFT) |
| DE59810043D1 (en) | 1997-07-07 | 2003-12-04 | Ptc Pharma Ag | Process for the preparation of a pharmaceutically active peptide |
| US5912251A (en) | 1998-01-17 | 1999-06-15 | Nair; Madhavan G. | Metabolically inert anti-inflammatory and anti-tumor antifolates |
| US6048736A (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2000-04-11 | Kosak; Kenneth M. | Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs |
| CN1223378C (en) | 2000-05-02 | 2005-10-19 | 施万制药 | Pharmaceutical compositions containing glycopeptide antibiotics and cyclodextrins |
| CA2429353A1 (en) | 2000-11-28 | 2002-08-01 | Genentech, Inc. | Lfa-1 antagonist compounds |
| KR100685917B1 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2007-02-22 | 엘지.필립스 엘시디 주식회사 | Electroluminescent element and manufacturing method thereof |
| ES2261722T3 (en) | 2001-04-04 | 2006-11-16 | Bionumerik Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | PROCEDURE FOR THE COUPLING OF AMINO ACIDS TO AN ANTIFOLATE CASE. |
| US20030181635A1 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-09-25 | Harry Kochat | Process for coupling amino acids to an antifolate scaffold |
| US20040092739A1 (en) | 2002-11-13 | 2004-05-13 | Zejun Xiao | Process for synthesizing antifolates |
| US7060825B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2006-06-13 | Bionumerik Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Process for synthesizing 6-quinazolinyl-ethyl-benzoyl and related antifolates |
| US7612071B2 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2009-11-03 | Syntrix Biosystems, Inc. | Compositions and methods employing aminopterin |
| US7687473B2 (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2010-03-30 | Health Research, Inc. | 5-amino-4-imidazolecarboxamide riboside and its nucleobase as potentiators of antifolate transport and metabolism |
| EP2125818A1 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2009-12-02 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | New classical antifolates |
| KR20100132061A (en) | 2008-04-07 | 2010-12-16 | 첼시 쎄라퓨틱스, 인코포레이티드 | Crystal Salt Forms of Antifolate Compounds and Methods for Making the Same |
| EP2451788A1 (en) * | 2009-07-08 | 2012-05-16 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Stable crystalline polymorphs of the dipotassium salt of (s) -2- {4- [2- (2, 4-diamin0-quinaz0lin-6-yl) -ethyl]-benzoylamino} -4-methylen -penta nedioic acid |
| WO2011056957A2 (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2011-05-12 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Enzyme inhibiting compounds |
| WO2012064377A1 (en) | 2010-03-29 | 2012-05-18 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Antifolate compositions |
-
2011
- 2011-12-07 US US13/313,116 patent/US8658652B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-12-07 WO PCT/US2011/063650 patent/WO2012078708A1/en not_active Ceased
-
2014
- 2014-01-10 US US14/152,100 patent/US20140142109A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7829708B2 (en) * | 2004-09-08 | 2010-11-09 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Metabolically inert antifolates for treating disorders of abnormal cellular proliferation and inflammation |
| US8658652B2 (en) * | 2010-12-07 | 2014-02-25 | Chelsea Therapeutics, Inc. | Antifolate combinations |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
| Title |
|---|
| Chou et al. Cancer Res. 2010, 70 (2), 440-446 * |
| Culp et al. P & T 2009, 34 (1), 38-45 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2012078708A1 (en) | 2012-06-14 |
| US8658652B2 (en) | 2014-02-25 |
| US20120142692A1 (en) | 2012-06-07 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8658652B2 (en) | Antifolate combinations | |
| CA2581814C (en) | Stable tablet formulation of tetrahydrobiopterin | |
| US7951812B2 (en) | Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines as antifolates | |
| US20090253720A1 (en) | Antifolate compositions | |
| JP2023538520A (en) | Advantageous treatments for disorders mediated by IKAROS or AIOLOS | |
| JP2008520574A5 (en) | ||
| CA2788554C (en) | Optically pure diastereomers of 10-propargyl-10-deazaaminopterin and methods of using same | |
| EP2885303A1 (en) | Deuterated baricitinib | |
| JP5897558B2 (en) | Method for treating methotrexate resistant disease with 10-propargyl-10-deazaaminopterin | |
| US20180354964A1 (en) | SHMT Inhibitors | |
| Shih et al. | Preclinical pharmacology studies and the clinical development of a novel multitargeted antifolate, MTA (LY231514) | |
| US8530653B2 (en) | Enzyme inhibiting compounds | |
| Saravanan et al. | Nucleoside Transport Inhibitors: Structure− Activity Relationships for Pyrimido [5, 4-d] pyrimidine Derivatives That Potentiate Pemetrexed Cytotoxicity in the Presence of α1-Acid Glycoprotein | |
| US20110237609A1 (en) | Antifolate compositions | |
| AU2020220197A1 (en) | Combination therapy using belinostat and pralatrexate to treat lymphoma | |
| Moran | Folate antimetabolites inhibitory to de novo purine synthesis | |
| JP5707338B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition comprising racemic aminopterin | |
| RU2844734C1 (en) | Preferential therapies for ikaros or aiolos mediated disorders | |
| Jackson | Inhibitors of thymidylate synthase and glycinamide ribonucleotide transformylase | |
| Gugliucci et al. | 16 Nucleotides | |
| Kurup et al. | Drugs to treat head and neck cancers: mechanisms of action | |
| Hydroxylase | 11 d, International Symposium on Chemistry and Biology of Pteridines and Folates | |
| DeMartino | Synthesis and evaluation of inhibitors of glycinamide ribonucleotide transformylase and fatty acid amide hydrolase | |
| HK1175709B (en) | Diastereomers of 10-propargyl-10-deazaaminopterin for use in the treatment of lung cancer |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |